pT oe ES Ee ON te eae oes al re See eee se pA ae Seaton WTA Sat roe antexene ae TEI MARINE. BIOLOGIGAL LABORATORY. Received October 3, 1935 44657 Accession No. Given by Drs Hs....oes Ee Haverford Col *,*No book or pamphlet is to be removed from the Lab+ oratory without the permission of the Trustees. oN HE cloth used for the bind- YAN ing of this book is sturdy, cleanable, water resisting and vermin proof. It may be washed with soap and waiter. Crs aie at oN TW \ \ I wi NV 0 o30hk MN Wh Si aa he 2 i ANea ce "7 wd Poe at en ree ‘ 7 } ‘ Tok 7 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS . OF THE UNITED STATES . (Exclusive of Birds) ERAT By The Same Author A MANUAL OF THE COMMON INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS (Exclusive of Insects) REVISED. EDITION 138 Entirely New Illustrations 100 Former I]lustrations Redrawn WITH A GLOSSARY 974 ILLUSTRATIONS 854 PAGES CLOTH $7.50 Tuis REVISION Brings up to date the nomenclature of the species introduced and revises the larger subdivisions of the animal kingdom. 5: Introduces other representative species. Increases representation from the fauna of the Pacific Coast Region. Corrects errors of fact in descriptions. Ps BLAKISTON S:SGN 8 CO ING; PHILADELPHIA A MANUAL OF LAND AND FRESH WATER VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VEE BIN INB SIR esis i0E (Exclusive of Birds) BY HENRY SHERRING PRATT, Pu.D. PROFESSOR OF BIOLOGY IN HAVERFORD COLLEGE, PA. AUTHOR OF ‘‘A MANUAL OF THE COMMON INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS,”’ ETC. SECOND EDITION or S97 WITH 184 ILLUSTRATIONS ® h AND A GLOSSARY PHILADELPHIA EP BEAKISONZS SON &. CO; Inc: rors WALNUT STREET COPYRIGHT, 1935, BY P. BLraxiston’s Son & Co., INC. PRINTED IN U.S. A. BY THE MAPLE PRESS COMPANY, YORK, PA. TO THE MEMORY OF ISAAC SHARPLESS (President of Haverford College 1887-1917) a Lover of Nature and a Good Man a s ols, ' Les i ih Petia sh » Se | 4 “PREFACE EO: THE-SBCOND EDITION The main purpose of the revision of this Manual has been to reflect in it the numerous changes in the nomenclature of the Vertebrate animals of the United States which have been made in the past few years, and to define more precisely their known ranges of distribution. In the accomplishment of this purpose the author has freely utilized all the published sources of information at his command. For the group of Fishes he has followed in the main the Check List of the Fishes and Fishlike Vertebrates of North and Middle America by Jordan, Evermann and Clark (1930), and for the group of Mammals Anthony’s Field Book of North American Mammals (1928). In both these groups Jordan’s Manual of the Vertebrate Animals of the Northeastern United States, Thirteenth Edition (1929) has often been followed, the section on Fishes in this work having been revised by Dr. C. L. Hubbs and that on Mammals by Dr. H. H. T. Jackson. Dr. Emmett Reid Dunn, Professor of Biology in Haverford College and the author’s colleague, has thoroughly revised the sections on Amphibians and Reptiles, and the author is under a great obligation to him for this valuable service. The author is also under obligation to Joshua L. Baily Jr., San Diego, California, for reading and correcting the proof. HAVERFORD COLLEGE, HAVERFORD, Pa. PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDINON This Manual was written to furnish students of Zoology, students of the Geographical Distribution of animals, and Nature students, with diagnostic descriptions of the land and fresh water vertebrate animals of the United States, together with analytical keys by means of which they can be readily identified and their affinities determined. Many excellent hand-books for the identification of birds already exist, and their number is constantly being added to, and it is for this reason that this large Class has not been included in the present book. There is, however, a very real need of a general modern manual of the fishes, amphibians, reptiles and mammals of the country which shall give the accepted scientific names of species, as well as of the larger groups to which they belong, and also reflect the recent advances in our knowledge of their systematic and structural relationships, their manner of life and their geographical distribution. The region covered by this work is the whole of the United States between the Canadian and Mexican borders, neither Alaska nor the West Indian or Hawaiian Islands being included; the southern portion of Canada, however, is included, as it belongs to the same geographical region as the northern portion of the United States. Withcertain exceptions, all the species, as well as the geographic subspecies, of the four Classes of vertebrates above mentioned which are found in this large region, are described, the exceptions being those species which are of doubtful validity, those which are very rare, and certain Mexican species, chiefly of reptiles, which have been observed but a few times north of the boundary. Great care has been taken to state precisely the geographic limits, so far as known, of these species and subspecies. In compiling this work the author has utilized every source of infor- mation at his command, and is consequently under obligations to very many persons; to all of these he extends his heartiest thanks. The section on Fishes is based upon Jordan and Evermann’s ‘Fishes of North and Middle America,” and one of the authors of this funda- mental work, Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director of the Museum of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, has read this portion of the manuscript critically. Large use has also been made of “American Food and Game Fishes” by the same authors, and of Jor- 1x X PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION dan’s ‘“‘ Guide to the Study of Fishes”’ and ‘‘ Manual of Vertebrates,” and also of Forbes and Richardson’s “Fishes of Illinois,” the general arrangement of the main subdivisions of the Class being based on the last-named work. Smith’s ‘Fishes of North Carolina,’ Bean’s ‘Fishes of New York,” and the various papers in the Bulletins of the Fish Commission and the Bureau of Fisheries, as well as numerous other publications, have also been used. In the arrangement of the Lampreys the recent revision of Creaser and Hubbs published by the Museum of Zoology of the University of Michigan has been followed. The arrangement of the Amphibians and Reptiles has been based upon Stejneger and Barbour’s “‘ Check List of North American Amphi- bians and Reptiles” and the descriptions and keys upon Cope’s “‘ Batra- chia of North America”’ and Cope’s “‘ Crocodilians, Lizards and Snakes of North America.’ Extensive use has also been made of many other works, especially Miss Dickerson’s ‘‘Frog Book,” Ditmar’s “Reptile Book,” and the State Reports of several States. The author is under an especial obligation to the important Smith college group of Herpe- tologists for bringing his arrangement and descriptions down to date, the morphological studies of Professor H. H. Wilder and Professor I. W. Wilder and the systematic studies of Professor E. R. Dunn having contributed to this end. The latter author, especially, has revised the sections on the caudate Amphibians and the Snakes and Turtles, the synopsis of the larve of the Plethodontide, which is largely new matter, being wholly by him. Dr. G. Kingsley Noble of the American Museum of Natural. History, New York, has revised the section on Frogs and Toads, and Karl P. Schmidt of the Field Columbian Museum, Chicago, that on Lizards and Crocodilians. The synopsis of the eggs and larve of Frogs and Toads has been taken from A. H. Wright’s “‘Life History of the Anura of Ithaca, New York.” The arrangement of the Mammals is based upon Gerrit S. Miller, Jr.’s “List of the North American Land Mammals in the United States National Museum, ro1t.”’ For the description and keys full use has been made of the various numbers of ‘‘The North American Fauna”’ prepared under the direction of C. Hart Merriam, former Director of the United States Biological Survey, the publication of which has been of epochal importance in the study of American mammals. Many other works have been useful, especially Elliot’s ‘“‘Synopsis of the Mammals of North America and adjacent Seas,” which is a work of fundamental importance. For accounts of the life and habits of mammals, Stone and Cram’s ‘‘American Animals,’ Nelson’s ‘‘ Wild Animals,” Seton’s ‘‘ Northern Animals,’’ and Audubon and Bachman’s PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION x1 ‘“‘Quadrupeds of North America”’ have been used. The senior author of the first named work, Dr. Witmer Stone, of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, has been so good as to read critically the whole manuscript of Mammals. The figures which have been introduced are intended to illustrate and explain the most important diagnostic features of the various groups of animals and to illuminate the keys and make them more easy to comprehend, and have been copied mostly from monographs, special treatises and textbooks; the author here extends his thanks to the authors of these figures and the publishers of the books in which they are found for the privilege of using them. In the use of scientific names of animals of the laws of priority estab- lished by the International Commission of Nomenclature have. been followed. The name of the author of each species, subspecies and genus follows the first mention of it in the descriptions, as is customary, and in those cases in which an author originally placed his species in some other genus than the one here given, his name is in parentheses. Wherever an author’s name appears more than once in the same genus it is usually abbreviated after the first occurrence. . No other abbrevia- tions of the names of authors’ appear except in the case of Linnzus, whose name is always shortened to ‘‘L”’ wherever he appears as the author of a scientific name. Much of the labor of compiling this work has been done at Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, and the author wishes to express his great obligation to his friend and colleague, Dr. Charles B. Davenport, for his constant support and encouragement during its progress. He also wishes to thank his publishers, P. Blakiston’s Son and Company, for their many courtesies and their readiness in meeting his wishes. HAVERFORD COLLEGE, HAVERFORD, PA. PERE GNP Regt By Ey R AES See pat ews siveipias 12k pe ee hc he MOS aM Ra SRMPSEN Cte & ral Bx imt AS, I IE Xternalecharactersn wie vss fos) cuts: alee) so 2 cute Menon ra ieae Polatetan Sarre traitone ot tiewenals I Internalicharacterss: sve yie ilo cie eee Ah Gots an ape net Re sr er DD 4 Distribution . lee Bs on us 1d Oe ws aoe AT he RE eee na 10 IES EO TV; teak es hale sai ja Mites Vein) Seat SNR, cadre ogy hoe een as ear nee oO MOR erhee Pea 12 OC) GySS1n (2710) eo er Si Sm sie Mctach oie ian tmeee 13 Key; towne classes of vertebrates. ¢ 03)..." < tack. cas int te cheese ae 14 CLASS. FISHES. :. . ae nee COPE R OT fran 0 ii Me le Ft Sie hy spr 15 Onrthendentification of fishesSiue. a Fon 12s perce ee tae se reece ce, (he cee ener ae ee eae ae 15 MVREASUTETIENTS s- & cave ce rtosn Panes eecied ic pe at vette se ase emai hs oAA® Cre mea a 15 NESTS pee ae Tepe co oh Reds roe Lea ENT) od Ce eae Tet ae cal eh Ogee ce 15 eaten er tes 2 Fore ee gar et) ae ar le CO ate ipo tee? Oh clan tom SCALES igek wot eo eae Pree ve OSS gt Sere AS eS ee eto ahah: Cae ene 18 Ol G Ree a N EB ATES ergs oT OEE Uys BOD. eas Gen TAR ALINE os forget ca SE ee 19 Head . 20 Teeth . RnR a) rene see EN. toy oy Todt oy Sata rcs ag oe 21 Enterdal’straetires: cee c, ook Fhe oe rs MA th tee etek ee 22 IStOLYy terse oes te Sb Oe DO MIE es Lee OH werkl8 be OREN IS Le 22 Numberioh speciessand«distributiony. eseniy sy roo eek ete esis il ie) oe nie Medic ate 23 Key to the subclasses of fishes... ..... Bi SoM ci chs cantata ost treet eie 23 SMnclassiies Gvelostomimea: y cnn Bi 2) ake A ole ih a Mead Seas arab eae 2 Orders, -iyperotneta 2) 2°) Ye ls ices, NR AN ee Saas Nagrand 1, St hee eS Geers: Hyperdattia (Lampreys)“. 2). sc Ae ale oe (eee eae a4 © ee eae Family Petromyzonide. ....... Bett geen hep oraes, to ere Subclass;2sea biscesy (hne true mishes)ay asus: co ileteauce oman eras oe ge eee Division 1. Selachii. ... . Ade Cote Ne Rees en ee ae i: 28 DIVASIONG2 sR LINO ie rare Ys) Files cae Nae RC etre: say ei oars 28 DT VISTONG2 tee Gl COSLOIML Grae Santee. okie ipl s mee cee Sahel cue fev tat ays ME ais eh Sericsures Ganolden(Ganoid fishes) ae. ao ieee Peis ee oe . 28 Order 1. Chondrostei (Cartilaginous ganoids)........2... . 28 Suborder i. ss 5elachoOstOMi nae tes Ono s ens atdikca hae be oc to eee ae 29 BamilysPolyodontidey. ve eaym 20S po ertbey ona nye eel came sen ee LA520 Suborder: 2.0 Glanlostoml'’, su, hie sais) ee bey Seay Seine ee eee oe 29 Family, Acipenseridss (Sturgeons) 2°... oict) ) See. ip 2 Order2s -Holoster (Bony ganoids) 3.) sn) 2 2 Gite. Sones ees be (o23T Suborder 1. Ginglymodi.... . Sah Mapes Robatense cd? ask Sees Pare 31 Bamily- Gbepisosteide (Garpikes): 23555 >i. uncer eto mae Suborder 2. Halecomorphi. ... . Ser aig ese 8 Th ee EMRE ER se Rect 32 BaenilyuAmud ae GB Owns). Bo ea oak see on een Ri alee 32 Berice.2:. -leleoster ((Mae:bony fishes). \) 2 at Pu wk ep a ea eted ok telreas 33 Order x. Jsospondyii (Herring trout). o6.°.< ease ccs pecker ls. 3) sy outa = 34 SHDOLde LAL! os CLUPCOLGELY we obesity stance ee tame Al een 34 Family 1. Hiodontide (Mooneyes)............ ch wt AY: Hamily. 2, .Dorosomide (Gizzard shad) ‘3.06 2250s On ha eae 35 Barmilys3. » Clupeids (Herring: shad) = 95.3.0 2 c's. cae. peel 36 SuboLderi2.) SalmOnOldel.ns we ice ito) teehee ee eee) SP cigs Pec Ramily; re. Corevonidc:(Wyiitensh) 05. sis ~)syisr alle on see eee 37 xiii 44657 X1V CONTENTS PAGE Family 2: ©*Salmonidz (Salmon S*troat):’ <7 .40 2-2. AI Family 3. Thymallide (Graylings)...... . Pvp, eee Cm Family 4 /Osmerida. (Smelt) 5204.23 eS oo Order 2. Enchelycephali. .... . Deo eee eet os a deel eee oe Family Anguillide (Eels). ...... . a coats tr” Engh a eee Order 3. Eventognathi..... ee ee Family 1. Catostomide (Suckers: mauler: redbore) aera aoe sit : a espe Family 2. Cyprinide (Minnows; carp). ..... . Mee lags eS 5S Order 4..° Heterognathi< 2. one 2 Saree ea eee ee sy Family/Characinigaet: (6. i pvatcadt a cate he tie a ee esas Order 5. Nematognathi... . bag nt aie Rea eed ae OE so Family Ameiuride (Catfish; bullheads) Be yeh EDA Ae st eS Order 6. Haplomi... . 5S. oe. 6 ere eee Family 1. Umbride (Mud minnow aes Wath yee tk «CG enein OM a ee EL Family 2. Esocide (Pike and ee Rae ad 2 Gee re Order 7. Cyprinodontes. . . . fo le thes cere Family 1. Cyprinodontide (Killifish) Jc Wits tao eroe o's Aa ee Family 2. ‘Poecilluds (Top *minnows)* 2-2 2. |... Family 3. Amblyopside (Blind fishes). ..... . ..) (3 eee Orders:) salmopercei . =] sae eee Le) he de sl ne rere amily seercopsidcasas: eee see Sek AL col MEP GS Pe er aie ae Order 9. Xenarchi... . AE a aren eet. Yo TS Family 1. Aphredoderide (Pitate perch). fA Sai ae . a an ee Order to. Synentognathi (Garpike). EELS EE Sei isha. SS Family: Belonida: (Billfish)... 22.2 om.0 0 as 2 A ee Order. -Vhoracostets .) 22) Ne ne OY Neenah 2. 5 TEKS Family Gasterosteide (Sticklebacks). Dok ale WF Vee a eee Order-2* Anacanthint- 2) ps eS. Aen oy ee ee LE Family Gadide (Cods). ote dl OR a EG ae ES Order 13. Heterostomata (Flat. fees) Cr hae > RN UGA SS 5 eee eine alias Family Soleide (Soles). : 3 pe Spat eat oe ee Order 14. Acanthopteri (Gaia saved fishes) oa ok eee a eC Family 1. Atherinide (Silversides) . . . . . cine § Pe Se Boke Ser Family 2. Elassomide (Pigmy sunfish)... ..- . : eo Se Family 3. Centrarchide (Sunfish; black bass)... .....-.- . 107 Family 4: -Percide (Perch)? 3 =~ 2 9% oe EE ee eer Family 5. itheostomids (Phe, darters)... - . . — 7.2 = fas See Family 6. Moronide (River bass) .... . one They ne Family 7. Sciznide: (Drums). 2... 5 « .; oS 5 at Order 15. Holconotic(Suri fishes) S— . |...92 =. Re ee ey Family Embiotocide. ... . eer res ese SS Se ale. TAS. Order.16).4Cataphracti.’ e431 (pe 2s in S'e 2 SURES sel tee ales ance oe 130 Family Cottide (Sculpins)... . . aa! “hae aI a ee ee Order 27; “Gobioidea-. 5. 4. oS ASS 4 a ep Family’ Gobiide(Gobies).. 2.2% js at, ee CLASS 2. “AMPHIBIANS: 21-5. °: EE Pad foe bss hee Hearne A ES! LIStOny2 ges foe etlen aa NT, = EE RR Smet Res 5 i A oe MR STs: Number and distribution. . . . Sa RMR Cs Key to the orders of Amphibia in the United Genes SRE hanes) 2 =a Order 1. Caudata (Salamanders and newts). ...... . od) ke eS On the identification of caudate Amphibia... . . oa ge 136 Key to the suborders of the Caudata. .: . 2 +... ss =<) % qbaee 137 Suborder/r-e) Mita blige were eee tm ier Sa Be ee ey CONTENTS Superfamily A. Cryptobranchidea . . . Family 1. Cryptobranchide (Heliheadersy Superfamily B. Salamandroidea........ Family 2. Pleurodelide (Newts)....... jenn Family 3. Ambystomide (Salamanders). .... . Family 4. Plethodontide (Salamanders). .... . re a On the identification of the larve of the plegbadonaides We Poa ietss Family 5. Amphiumidz (Congo snakes). . . . Family 6. Proteidze (Mud puppies). . Suborder 25) Wieantes) =.) <0. a5. : Family Sirenide (Mud eels). . . . Order 2. Salientia (frogs; toads)... . On the identification of the Salientia. . . prbheradulite eee : ” Key to the families of the palais i Family 1. Discoglosside. .... . EL te Family 2. Pelobatide (Spadefoot foads) Moo edo Re Family 3. Bufonide (Toads). ... . ES aa Family 4. Hylide (Tree toads). ... . Family 5. Ranidz (Frogs). Family 6. Microhylide (Narrow- Snouthed eae oueithereges:andManycel) vt, 6 cer! Weuee ce Key to the eggs of some of the common enerern Prose an toads: Key to the tadpoles of some of the common eastern frogs and toads ChASS sa REPTILES Number of species and Hierabution : Key to the orders of Reptiles. Order 1. Crocodilia. ae a ee A Habits amGedistrbmtone sms re Family Crocodylidz ies Bencacileshy Order 2. Lacertilia (Lizards). . Habits;and distributions 272. = = On the identification of lizards . . Sieh Hh ahs Key to the families of American Lacertilia . . . Family 1. Gekkonide (Geckos). ...... Family 2. Iguanide (Iguanas; swifts). . Bamilyez) Anguide. =. 2 - yak: HamilyaqeueAmmiellides te alte) cs Family 5. Helodermatide. Family 6. Xantusiide. ... . Family 7. Teiide (Swifts). Family 8. Scincide (Skinks). . Family 9. Amphisbaenide. ... . Order 3. Serpentes (Snakes). Habits and distribution. ... . . a On the identification of snakes . : Key to the families of Serpentes. . . . Family 1. Leptotyphlopide ... . Family 2. Boide (Boas). ... . «ae Family 3. Colubride (Colubrine erates Lik Pepe Family 4. Elapide snakes (Elapine snakes) ........... Family 5. Crotalide (Viperine snakes; rattlesnakes). ....... Xvl CONTENTS PAGE Order-4. “Testudinata (Turtles)... ‘3.2 5 ie ee oe Habits and distribution. -.-:-... EE eM Care he lee Sto, 2215 On ‘the identification-of turtlesgo> yn see ee ee Key to the families of Testudinata. ...... sew ha) 2 ee he Family 1. Kinosternide (Mud turtles; musk pried aE o8 Re eo Family 2. Chelydride (Snapping turtles) . AN ey a DES ee eee Family 3. Testudinide (Pond turtles; land forties) ds tao Go > aod eo Family 4.., Trionychida:(Soft-shell- turtles) 7.0. = ee so a os ee a Family-5.° ‘Chelontidz: (Marine turtles) <0, Us ine a Se i eee Family 6: Demochelidz (Marine turtles). 2... 9-2) 2 ud: 3 Se CLASS ).5:2: MUAIMIMAT Sg) cae SPF hota aa ay a eA age laste ee tey Be tigen? mcs On the identification of mammals. .... . of sae teeny SAG aarp ae amma PListonya ye, hotest cle Say hs A hen ep emo Key to the orders of Perennials in the United States Sit at, ba AON SE aca ell ie eam Orderia Marstipialian 60.0 3.) ee a em arene MUR BA 5 ch Bu Suborder Polyprotodontia. ....... St. EL aO erie kay se eee mE Family Didelphuds\(Oposstims)). yay. cob 3 ke ay Rose S eee Order 2. Edentata... reer ge em 5 20405) Family Dasypodidé (Armadillos) Nyt Te deh eh (SY eo ad aie nr emma Order 3. Sirenia. . . boy Ae len Sale ee Nt ol Family Trichechide (Manatee). re er hee ee es OF Order 4. Insectivora.. . yy lice VS et aR eM eset stanin ne ee Family 1. Talpide enroles) a. lt Rn A ae kN Se 2 cae eT Family 2. Soricide Gites TNS Ge ea SAS cheney Bey a ey ee Orders. Chiroptera (Bats),3 15 00. fis GaGa to Re Bd, Subarder Microchiropteray, 74.) 9h 30.5 aesu or. seen pe oer Family 1. Phyllostomide .... . rag ace Ber ee ee ae Family<2,. -Vespertilionide: .. (7.202). sh . 50. 24/5.) eee Famnlyos: . (Mustelida =) sea *. ely a eRe oe eer Subfamily 1. Musteline (Weasels; ay all gael! a) Bee Subfamily 2. Gulonine (Wolverines)... . . PT Sr eS Subfamily 3... Mephitinz.(Skunks)). .. : 25.5639 a) Subfamily 4. Tasxidiine: (Badgers) 2 02 = «4. 65a) hie) Subfamily*ss Gartrinas (Otters) 6 2 SS Se ip bch ple Oe Subfamily 6. Enhydrine (Sea otters) ........ i) ee Dee ea aoon Family 6. Felidae (Cats). .... STE 2p Se aA eee Order 7:/ -Pinnipediay (Seals) =) sf. 0.0 3). eo oo 2 Le Famnby x. Otani 05 gs, ios ks ce ae Pe eg Hamilye.” “Phocides)): 000.) 80. ee ee oes eee Order 8. Rodentia (Rodents). .... . te, 5 Rare te oro! oso re Family 1. Muride (Rats; mice) . Ror cf re ae ee Subfamily 1. Murine (House ae pail eae Were sys 13, 6 Subfamily 2. Cricetine (Field mice; wood miceye as: ee aeee wil: shone Subfamily 3. Neotomine (Wood rats). .......- Perea Subfamily 4. Microtine (Meadow mice; muskrats). . ....... . « 304 Family 2. Geomyide (Pocket gophers). .... . a ges hs a fitet Family 3. Heteromyide (Pocket mice; kangaroo rats)... .. . , SPSL CONTENTS Family 4. Zapodide (Jumping mice)... . . say Family 5. Erethizontide (Porcupines). ...... Family 6. Aplodontiidze (Mountain beavers). .. . Family 7. Sciuride (Squirrels; marmots) . Subianal yer mOCUGM eevee lve ss Subtamilysoey Pteromyime aug. e Family 8. Castoride (Beavers). . .. . ae Family 9. Leporide (Rabbits; hares)... . . Family ro. Ochotonide (Pikas) . . . Order 9. Ungulata (Hoofed animals)... . Suborder Artiodactyla)... 4... - a. Divisionsr. Suna (Pigs). a. eee Family Tayassuide (Peccaries) . . Division 2. Ruminantia. . Siero tle: Subdivision 1. Cervina (Deer)........ Family Cervide. . . Subdivision 2. Cavicornia. Family 1. Antilocapride (Prong-horn antelopes) . Family 2. Bovide (Cattle; sheep; goats). . . . . BEBLIOGRAPHY: “2002535. Bs Sg MTR demas Oho Bor 1k en a, aa LIST OF ‘AUTHORS . . GLOSSARY . . PNIDEDSE 3 5 a XVil PAGE » 324 » 325 2320 320 - 327 - 343 - 344 - 345 “OL PAGe ~ 352 op5 - 353 = 059 FSS) - 353 7 307 OPS y// acini es Or . 367 se ae sw/S) 5 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE WINE Sees laies VERTEBRATES Vertebrates are bilaterally symmetrical animals with an interna cartilaginous or bony skeleton; with usually two pairs of locomotory appendages, the fore and hind limbs; with pharyngeal respiration; with a tubular dorsal central nervous system; with a ventral heart, a closed circulatory system consisting of arteries, capillaries, and veins, and red blood. The vertebrates are characterized as a group among animals by their large size and the high degree of specialization of many of their parts, and also by their general distribution over the earth. Every part of the surface of the globe, as well as the ground and the waters beneath and the air above it in which animals can in any way satisfy the need of all life of food and oxygen, is inhabited by them. The fishes and other aquatic forms abound in fresh and salt water, while the terrestrial and flying vertebrates inhabit all the continents, even the coldest and most inclement. External Characters.—The vertebrate body is in most cases more or less cylindrical in form, and is made up of four regions, the head, the neck, the trunk and the tail. The /ead, being the anterior portion of the body, bears the principal organs of orientation, which are the special sense organs, and the organs of prehension—the mouth with the lips and teeth where these are present; it also contains the large brain, which innervates these essential organs, enclosed, for its protection, in the skull. The neck is absent or unimportant in fishes and other aquatic vertebrates, but in most of the land forms is of great importance inasmuch as it is the flexible body region which gives the head the wide range of movement necessary to it in a rapidly moving terrestrial animal. In fishes the head and anterior portion of the body forms a wedge which must be pushed by the locomotory movements of the tail-fin through a resistant medium, and it is greatly to the advantage I 2 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES of the animal that the head be joined solidly with the trunk and without the interposition of a flexible body region, which would lessen the driv- ing power of the caudal fin. Fishes, also, in their watery environment, do not depend so much on the sense of sight and the other special senses located in the head to orient themselves as do the land animals, because the density of the medium in which they live limits the carrying power of these senses, but they depend rather upon the lateral line sense and other special senses which reside in the skin over the whole body and are affected directly by the water surrounding it. Fishes are, consequently, often sufficiently oriented with regard to their environ- ment without moving, and may be observed to lie motionless in the water for long periods of time. The trunk contains the principal viscera and is the largest and bulkiest body region; in it also are the places of attachment of the two pairs of limbs. In the terrestrial vertebrates the trunk may be subdivided into two or three subregions, the thoracic subregion which with the fore limbs forms the anterior portion, the sacral subregion, forming with the hind limbs the posterior portion, and, in four-footed vertebrates, the lumbar subregion which lies between the other two and forms the pivot where the body bends when the direction of movement is changed. The paired limbs are wanting in the cyclostomate fishes, the most primitive vertebrates, and also in snakes and certain species of lizards. The anterior pair is wanting in certain species of fishes, and the posterior pair in many fishes and also in Siren among the amphibians and in the Cetacea and Sirenia among the mammals. The paired append- ages of fishes are the pectoral and ventral fins, which are flattened swimming organs stiffened by radiating bony and cartilaginous rods. In the other classes of vertebrates they are more or less cylindrical in form and each is made up of three main divisions. The proximal division projects directly from the trunk and articulates with it; the distal division of the appendages is applied to the substratum or medium on or in which the animal is moving, and is the most complex of the three in structure, terminating typically in the five digits. This number has, however, undergone a reduction in very many vertebrates —in extreme cases, like that of the horse, only one digit being present on each foot. In the four-footed vertebrates, also, the fore and hind pairs differ, in most cases, in the number of their digits and the essential uses to which they are put, the hinder pair having a smaller number than the forward pair, as is the case, for instance, in cats and dogs; inasmuch as the hinder pair principally propels the animal, the fewer VERTEBRATES = its points of contact with the ground the greater will be its effectiveness. In the Primates the digits may be used for prehensile purposes; in the flying vertebrates, the birds and bats, the fore limbs become wings. The tail of vertebrates is the postanal portion of the body, and is the principal organ of locomotion in most aquatic forms. In the terrestrial representatives it has lost its primitive significance and varies much among the various groups in relative length as well as in function, and may be rudimentary or absent altogether. The integument of vertebrates, which forms the outer covering of the body, consists of two distinct layers, the outer epidermis and the inner dermis, and its effectiveness as a protective envelope is increased by the growth of additional characteristic coverings, such as the bony dermal scales of fishes and the horny epidermal scales and plates of reptiles, feathers of birds and hair of mammals. The epi- dermal layer of the integument is soft and slimy in fish and amphibians, which live in or near the water, while in terrestrial vertebrates, whose bodies are exposed to the air, it becomes more or less hard and horny and the special integumental coverings of the land forms just men- tioned appear as specializations of it. One of the most conspicuous of the external characters of verte- brates, as well as of other animals, and consequently important in the classification of them, is their coloration. This is also a feature of great importance to the animal itself in its relation to its environ- ment, inasmuch as in a large class of cases the coloration of an animal tends to render it inconspicuous to its enemies and to its prey, and perhaps to increase the absorption of heat from the atmosphere or to prevent the too great radiation of bodily heat to it. The same color pattern, however, in numerous cases does not characterize all the indi- viduals of a species, the males being often colored differently from the females and the young individuals from the adults. The summer coat is also often different from the winter coat in color and markings. The practical purposes of these differences is sometimes hard to explain, but can often be correlated with the habits of animals and the need of con- cealment and protection at different times of the year and during dii- ferent periods of growth. A few species are dichromatic, there being two color phases which may characterize. individuals. The gray squirrel and the black bear are familiar examples, gray and black squirrels appearing in the same litter and black and brown (cinnamon) individuals in the same family of bears. Metachrosis, or the rapid change in color under the influence of external stimuli, is common among fishes, amphibians and lizards. Brown and green tones may 4 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES alternate with each other in frogs and toads, mainly under the stimulus of light; the so-called chameleon of our southern States and many other lizards have a still more remarkable range of color change. Very old individuals in all the classes of vertebrates often show differences in coloration and markings which are due to wear and the fading of colors or loss or injury of parts. Internal Characters.—Characteristic of vertebrates, and often of importance in classifying them, is the internal skeleton, which forms the supporting framework of the body.. In the most primitive fishes this framework is composed entirely of cartilage and the ligaments and membranes which serve to bind its various parts together; in the higher fishes and all the other vertebrates it is formed principally of bone. The ratio of the cartilage to the bone that forms the skeleton varies much among vertebrates in the classes above fishes, it being the largest in the amphibians and the smallest in the birds. The backbone, the main skeletal axis of the body, is a flexible segmented column consisting of a succession of the similar disk-like or cylin- drical vertebre which grow around the unsegmented embryonic rod-like notochord and are bound together by intervertebral ligaments. The vertebre forming the column may vary in number in the various classes of vertebrates, ranging from 6 in certain amphibians to 300 in some snakes; they fall into groups which correspond to the main subdivisions of the body of the animal. The skull, or anterior portion of the axial skeleton, is composed of two parts, the cranium, which encloses and protects the brain and the organs of special sense, and the visceral skeleton, which surrounds the mouth and forms the framework of the face, the jaws, the tongue and the gills, where they are present. These two portions of the skull, which protect and support such diverse organs, develop quite distinct from each other, and are but loosely bound together in fishes, and more or less so in all other vertebrates in which the mouth is employed mainly in seizing the food and not in masticating it. In the mammals, however, which masticate their food, the need of a solid base to chew against has brought about a firm union of the vis- ceral with the cranial portions of the skull, which is thus given the compact character which distinguishes it. The other internal organs in vertebrates are usually of less impor- tance in classification, although the entire inner structure of the vertebrate body bears the characteristic stamp of the group. This is especially true of the circulatory system—the ventrally situated heart, the closed system of blood tubes and the red blood corpuscles. The heart is made up primarily of two portions, an anterior and a pos- VERTEBRATES 5 terior, into the former of which the blood is poured by the veins, while from the latter it is discharged through the arteries and distrib- uted to the respiratory organs and throughout the body. In mammals and birds, whose bodies maintain a constant, relatively high tempera- ture, without regard to that of the medium in which they are living or the time of year, each of these portions of the heart is subdivided by a septum, so that the heart in these animals is composed of two pairs of chambers, the anterior pair forming the right and left auricles and the posterior pair the right and left ventricles; the right chamber in each pair contains venous blood which has been brought exhausted of oxygen and charged with carbon dioxide from the various organs of the body and the left chamber contains arterial blood brought purged of carbon dioxide and with oxygen renewed directly from the lungs. It is this complete separation of the venous from the arterial sides of the heart which results in the distribution of pure unmixed oxygenated blood over the body and the consequent maintenance in it of a relatively high and also constant temperature. In reptiles and amphibians, on the other hand, the ventricle is not thus divided into two completely separated chambers, but there is a communication of greater or less extent between its venous and arterial sides, and in consequence the freshly oxygenated blood in the left division is more or less diluted by the venous and vitiated blood in the right division before it is pumped through the arteries over the body. Metabolism, consequently, which bears a direct relation to the oxygen content of the blood, cannot be so active as in birds and mammals; the body temperature is not maintained at a constant level but is dependent to a certain extent on the temperature of the surrounding medium and varies with it. The heart of fishes contains venous blood only, the auricle and ventricle not being divided into right and left halves (except partially so in the Dipnoi); the blood is sent to the gills from the heart, where it is oxygenated, and then distributed directly throughout the body without first returning to the heart. The process of respiration, by which an animal or plant takes in oxygen from the surrounding medium and gives off carbon dioxide, is performed by a radically different body surface in vertebrates than in invertebrates. Being a transfusion process it requires a moist surface, and consequently while it may be performed by an aquatic animal through the outer surface it must be carried on by land animals in the interior of the body. The aquatic invertebrates, with the exception of the chordate forms, respire directly with the integument or with organs 6 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES derived from it. The vertebrate, on the other hand, in common with all chordate animals, respires directly with the pharynx, the anterior portion of the digestive tract, and with structures derived from the pharynx; the medium in which the animal lives, whether water or air, must be drawn through the mouth into the respiratory organs by an incessently repeated muscular effort, the interruption of which, only for a few moments, will often kill the animal. In fishes the gills are paired lateral pockets of the pharynx which open through the integument to the outside; through these the breathing motions of the animal maintain never ceasing streams of water from which the thin-walled, delicately branched gill filaments absorb the respiratory air. In amphibians the larval forms, and to a large extent the adults as well, respire after the manner of invertebrates, by means of the integument. All amphibians, however, in the adult condition, respire also directly with the surface of the pharynx, and also in most species with the lungs, which arise as a ventral diverticulum of it, as well. The importance of direct pharyngeal respiration is shown by the rapid and regular respiratory movements of the throat of salamanders and frogs when in the air, which affect the pharynx alone and do not serve to introduce air into the lungs, and also by the total lack of lungs in a large group of salamanders. Amphibians are the oldest and most primitive terrestrial vertebrates; direct pharyngeal respiration was probably the earliest method among vertebrates of utilizing the atmospheric air for respiratory purposes, and may have grown out of the habit, not uncommon among fishes, of rising to the surface of the water and swallowing air. The lungs, in the earliest amphibians, were prob- ably primarily hydrostatic organs like the air-bladder of fishes, a function they still retain in many primitive salamanders, and to a cer- tain extent probably in all amphibians. In the amniotic vertebrates respiration is exercised by the lungs exclusively rather than by the pharynx directly, and the complexity of their structure in each group of such animals bears a direct relation to the intensity of the metabolism in that group. The cold-blooded, sluggish reptiles have sack-like lungs with relatively large and relatively few lung vesicles. The lungs of the warm-blooded vertebrates, on the other hand, which maintain a constant temperature in their bodies without reference to the surrounding medium, contain a dense mass of minute vesicles which represent a very much larger relative absorptive surface and gives the lungs the spongy texture characteristic of them, the birds with their higher temperature possessing lungs with smaller vesicles and consequently a larger relative surface than the mammals. VERTEBRATES | The union of the digestive tract in vertebrates with the respiratory, just alluded to, is peculiar to them and to chordates. The paired gill clefts in the lateral walls of the pharynx and the paired visceral arches which form their skeletal support are universal throughout the group and are not found in other animals. The character and position of the mouth and the jaws and their relation to the gill system are especially noteworthy. In the great group of Arthropoda the organs of mastica- tion are modified limbs and are lateral in position; in the Mollusca these organs, where they are present, are cuticular or calcareous thickenings on the surface of the mouth or pharynx, and the same is true of other invertebrate groups. In vertebrates, however, the jaws have a dorso- ventral position, and they and the slit-like mouth have had their origin respectively from the foremost pair of visceral arches and the foremost pair of primitive gill-cletts. The fact that the cyclostomate fishes, the most primitive vertebrates, are without jaws seems to indicate that the earliest vertebrates, like them, possessed a circular jawless mouth armed with cuticular teeth and with a series of about seven pairs of gill-clefts supported by cartilaginous arches posterior to it. When the true fishes, the ancestors of all other vertebrates, developed from a cyclostomate stock, the foremost two pairs of cartilaginous arches and the foremost two pairs of gill-clefts lost their primitive functions and were transferred from the respiratory to the digestive system of organs. The foremost pair of gill-clefts became the mouth while the foremost pair of arches reinforced by dermal bones formed the upper and lower jaws; the second pair of clefts became the spiracles in the elasmobranch fishes and the Eustachian tubes in the terrestrial vertebrates, while the second pair of arches formed the skeletal support of the tongue. The remaining five pairs of arches are gill-bearing in the fishes and support the gill-clefts; in the terrestrial vertebrates, however, they undergo a change of function during the embryonic period and lose their primary significance, being transformed into the cartilages of the larynx and trachea. The teeth of all vertebrates are identical in structure, being com- posed of dentine overlaid with enamel, and the identity of this structure with that of the placoid scales of the lowest of the true fishes shows that vertebrate teeth are directly derived from these scales. The actual form of the teeth in each group has been determined by the service they are expected to perform. In most fishes, amphibians and reptiles the teeth are employed only for grasping and holding the prey; they are conical in shape like a placoid scale and are usually more or less loosely attached in the oral cavity. In mammals, which use their teeth not 8 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES only for grasping but for chewing their food, the teeth are firmly set in alveoli—deep cavities in the jaw bone—and have a variety of forms which fit them for grasping, cutting, gnawing or chewing. The teeth of alligators and the extinct toothed birds occupy a mid-way position, being elongated cones in form and set in alveoli. The digestive canal in vertebrates is characterized in general by great length and by the presence of two digestive glands of large size, the liver and pancreas, which originate as outgrowths of it, also by the mesenteries in the body cavity which support its various divi- sions. The intestine opens at the hinder end either directly to the outside through the anus, or into a cloaca which receives also the dis- charges of the excretory and reproductive organs. The excretory and reproductive systems are closely associated in vertebrates, often possessing ducts in common through which their products find a way to the outside. Reproduction is in all cases sexual; with a few exceptions among fishes the sexes are separate; sexual dimorphism is universal. The central nervous system of vertebrates, the spinal chord and brain, has no homologue among invertebrates. It originates in the embryo as a middorsal ectodermal groove, which sinks beneath the sur- face and forms a tube. The anterior portion of this tube widens and forms a series of five vesicles the walls of which become thick and folded, and the brain comes into existence; the posterior portion becomes the spinal chord. The cranial and spinal nerves proceeding from the brain and spinal chord to the special sense organs and the muscles of the trunk and appendages have a metameric arrangement; the same is true also of the sympathetic nervous system, which is inti- mately joined with them and controls the activities of many of the viscera. The characteristic special senses of vertebrates are smell, taste, sight and hearing. The sensory perceptions of aquatic vertebrates, especially fishes, are in many respects sharply different from those of animals which live in so attenuated a medium as the air, vibrations of the water being the most important stimulating agents which cause their sensory reactions. Vibrations of very low frequency, such as are produced by impacts on the water, currents and surface waves, undoubtedly affect the skin over the whole surface of the fish’s body; the lateral line, which is a specialized portion of the skin, is sensitive to vibrations of higher frequency, such as slight oscillations of the whole mass of the water, which are, however, too slight to stimulate the skin itself; the ear, which is a modified portion of the lateral line, is VERTEBRATES fe) attuned to vibrations of still higher frequency, such as cause the sensa- tion of sound. The ears of the lowest fishes, however, notably the cyclostomes and selachians, have not reached a development high enough to be stimulated by tonal vibrations, although they may be by noises sufficiently loud to produce vibrations which affect the skin or lateral line; the ear of such fishes is apparently merely an organ of equilibrium, the maintenance of which is probably the primitive function of the vertebrate ear. In aquatic vertebrates taste and smell are similar senses, causing similar reactions and having a similar purpose, which is the detection of food. Taste buds, in many fishes, especially bottom feeders, are not only present in the mouth, but are distributed over the skin, so that such fishes may be conscious of the presence of food which is near any part of the body, the pectoral fins and barbels being especially sensi- tive. Smell is probably perceived by fishes with the nostrils alone, and enables the animal to scent its food at a distance. The eyes of fishes and amphibians are adapted to near vision only, inasmuch as they have a spherical lens and lack the ciliary muscles by means of which the land animals accommodate their vision to the perception of distant objects. In many fishes the whole skin is also sensitive to light, independently of the eyes, the head and tail being more so than the trunk. The change in their sensory reactions which took place in vertebrates when the terrestrial forms first developed from the aquatic is well illustrated in the transformation of the tadpole into the frog. The tadpole has the sensory equipment of a bottom fish, and undoubtedly depends largely on vibrations of the water for its means of orientation; the lateral line is well developed, the ear does not appear at the surface of the head, there being no tympanum, and the eye is small and sunken. The frog, on the other hand, depends upon sight and hearing for its knowledge of its surroundings; it has very large projecting eyes, the tympanum is at the surface of the head and no lateral line is present. Thus, in the terrestrial vertebrates the general or contact sense, so important to fishes, falls into the background as a means of orienta- tion. In frogs, toads and reptiles, generally, which are the lowest of them, sight is apparently the best developed special sense, and the one most depended upon for information of the surroundings; also in frogs and many lizards, and undoubtedly in others too, the whole skin is sensitive to light, independently of the eyes. Hearing, smell and taste are all poorly represented. 10 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES Birds also depend largely upon sight, and this sense has attained an extraordinary development in many species. The accurate vision of birds during swift flight and over great distances, and the instan- taneous accommodation of it to their rapid manoeuvres in the air, seem to indicate that birds have the best eyes among vertebrates. Hearing is also highly developed in birds; smell and taste, however, are apparently in a backward condition. In mammals all the special senses have reacheda very high develop- ment. As the bird is essentially a-creature of the air and must be able to see far and accurately, so the mammal belongs on or near the ground and in most cases finds its greatest security and advantage in its remark- able sense of smell. But its habit of life, which gives the mammal the most varied environment among vertebrates, makes all the special senses important to it, and has brought about the high state of perfec- tion which characterizes all of them. The muscular system of vertebrates has but few distinctive features. The body or somatic muscles of fishes and salamanders, which, being aquatic animals, move through the water by alternate to-and-fro movements of the trunk and tail, have a strictly metameric arrangement and longitudinal fibres, and the appendicular muscles of all vertebrates, although not metameric, are directly derived from them; both are striated in structure and voluntary in character. The body muscles of terrestrial vertebrates, however, especially those whose locomotory movements are carried on exclusively by the appendages, have most'y lost their primitive character, although it is still indicated in several of them, notably the rectus abdominis. The attachment of a muscle to a bone by a single tendon, by which the action of all the fibres is concentrated on a single point, is a peculiarly vertebrate character. The visceral muscles, which are involuntary and, with a few exceptions, unstriated, are present in the walls of the various tubular internal organs to which they impart the peristaltic movements characteristic of them. Distribution.—The United States covers an area of continental extent containing the greatest possible variety of conditions which may surround the lives of the animals living within it. Certain physical features of this area strike the attention of the observer as of especial importance. Of these the following may be mentioned; the great extent and number of the fresh water lakes in the northern portion of the country, the great river basins which characterize almost every part of it and especially that of the Mississippi, the mountain systems in the East and the West, the extensive coastal plains bordering the Atlantic VERTEBRATES II Ocean and the Gulf of Mexico, the great forested regions in both the eastern and western States, the well-watered, treeless prairies, the high, dry Great Plains, and the arid and mountainous Great Basin. Climatic conditions vary from the tropical heat and constant tempera- ture of southern Florida and the Mexican border to the Arctic cold and violent and sudden changes of the Canadian border and the high moun- tain regions, and conditions of moisture from the excessively wet western slopes of the Cascades which look towards the Pacific to the deserts of the Great Basin and the extreme southwest. The actual extent of territory occupied by any species of animal is determined by several factors, of which the most important are probably temperature and amount of moisture, both of which tend to check the migration of species and to confine them within certain more or less definite boundaries. The United States Biological Survey, has formulated the following two fundamental Laws of Temperature Control of Distribution: First, the northward distribution of terres- trial animals and plants is governed by the total quantity of heat during the season of growth and reproduction; Second, the southward distribution is governed by the mean temperature of a brief period during the hottest part of the year. The meaning of these laws is that each species requires a certain minimum total quantity of heat during the period of the year when growth and reproduction are going on, which is the summer season in temperate regions, and that this factor estab- lishes the northern limit of its distribution; also, that excess of heat through a sufficiently long portion of this period tends to check or stop growth and reproduction, and consequently the mean temperature of the mid-summer weeks, when the heat is the greatest, is the factor which establishes the southern limit of distribution of a species. On the basis of these laws the North American continent has been divided into three Life Regions, the Boreal, Austral and Tropical, the first two of which have been subdivided each into three Life zones. The Boreal Region is the portion of the continent north of the Canadian boundary, and is composed of the Arctic, Hudsonian and Canadian zones, each transcontinental in extent. The Arctic zone is the circum- polar region north of the northern limit of forests; it is the home of the muskox, polar bear, Arctic fox, wolf and hare and barren-ground caribou. The Hudsonian zone is the region of firs and spruces which extends as a wide belt between Labrador and Alaska, and southwards along the main ridge of the Rockies into the United States, and occurs also in limited areas in several high mountain regions in the Rockies and Cascades; it is the home, in Canada, of the woodland caribou, moose and 12 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES wolverine. The Canadian zone is the region of the great coniferous forests and occupies southern Canada, extending extensively into the eastern and central northern United States, the higher Alleghanies and the mountains of the West. The Austral Region comprises the greater part of the United States, and is composed of the Transition, Upper Austral and Lower Austral zones, each transcontinental in extent, the limits of which may be seen by reference to the frontispiece. The life conditions of the eastern and western portions of these three zones are greatly affected by the differences in the precipitation of moisture in them. The one- hundredth meridian represents the approximate boundary between the well-watered prairies and the arid Great Plains, to the eastward of which the annual rain-fall is greater than 25 inches and to the westward it is less than that amount, except on the Pacific coast. The eastern divisions of the three Austral zones are also called the Alleghanian, Carolinian and Austroriparian, respectively, and the two most southerly western divisions are also called the Upper Sonoran and Lower Sonoran. The Tropical Region comprises the southern portion of the conti- nent and occupies only a small part of this country, being limited to the southern end of Florida, south of Lake Worth, and perhaps the valley of the lower Colorado. History.—The first person in modern times to unite the different classes of vertebrates in a single phylum was the French naturalist Lamarck, who, near the beginning of the 1oth century, divided all animals into the two groups of those with vertebre and those without. Aristotle, in his time, pointed to the same fundamental subdivision of the animal kingdom when he contrasted the several classes possessing red blood with those apparently without blood, their blood being color- less. The Swedish naturalist Linnezus, the founder of the modern system of classifying animals and plants, who lived in the generation immediately preceding Lamarck, did not take notice of the interrela- tionship of the classes of vertebrates notwithstanding the example of Aristotle, but gave each of these classes equal rank in his system with the invertebrate groups. Cuvier, who was a younger contemporary and fellow-countryman of Lamarck, adopted the term Vertebrata introduced by him as one of the four fundamental types into which he divided the Animal Kingdom, and the group maintained this rank in the zoological system of classification until about the seventh decade of the last century. At that time the epoch-making researches of Kowalevsky and others having shown the relationship of vertebrates with ascidians, Amphioxus and Balanoglossus, a new phylum was formed, first by the VERTEBRATES 13 German zoologist Heckel, to include these groups, which received the name Chordata, under which the Vertebrata are now commonly rated a subphylum. The primary subdivisions of this subphylum was first made by Aristotle, who recognised four groups, namely, fishes, oviparous tetrapodous and apodous vertebrates (amphibians and _ reptiles), birds, and viviparous vertebrates (mammals). Linneus recognised the same four groups and named them classes in his system, giving them the modern names of Pisces, Amphibia, Aves and Mammalia, but he did not unite them in a single phylum. In Cuvier’s system the same classes were also recognised, but for the name of the second class the term Reptilia was employed in place of Amphibia. This system was maintained in the classification and the amphibians and reptiles placed in a common class until about the year 1850, when the French zoologist Milne-Edwards called attention to the fundamental subdivision of all vertebrates into two great groups, the Anamia and the Ammniota, and also to the fact that inasmuch as the Amphibia belong to one and the Reptilia to the other of these groups these two subdivisions of the Vertebrata should each constitute an independent class. Of the five classes of vertebrates thus formed the English naturalist Huxley in 1871 formed three divisions, the Jchthyopsida or fish-like vertebrates, the Sauropsida or reptile-like vertebrates and the Mammalia. Classification.— Over 60,000 species and subspecies of vertebrates have been described, grouped in 5 classes, of which about 30,000 species and subspecies are fishes, 1,700 are amphibians, 5,500 are reptiles, 15,000 are birds and 10,000 are mammals. The primary grouping of these classes gives the following subdivisions: A. Anamia or Ichthyopsida.—Vertebrates whose eggs are deposited in most cases in the water and are without a shell; and whose embryos are protected only by an albuminous envelope and the water and not by an amnion; which respire by means of gills either during the whole or a part of life; and which have a slimy epidermis lacking special epidermal coverings (Fishes and Amphibians). B. Amniota—Vertebrates whose eggs (in the oviparous_ species) are laid on the land and have the protection of a shell; whose embryos have the additional protection of an amnion and respire by means of an allantois; which respire after birth by means of lungs; and have special epidermal coverings in form of scales, feathers or hair. 14 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES 1. Sauropsida.—Vertebrates which produce a very large egg and are either oviparous or ovoviviparous; which have a single median occipital condyle, and epidermal coverings in form of scales or feathers (Reptiles and Birds). 2. Mammalia.—Vertebrates which produce a minute egg (except the Monotremata), and are viviparous with uterine embryonic development; which nourish the young by means of mam- mary glands; which have a pair of occipital condyles, and an epidermal covering in form of hair (Mammals). Key to the Classes of Vertebrates a, Aquatic vertebrates whose locomotory appendages are sh a1) RR Nien ree ACN CUR aed ol sah ACH 1. Fishes (pases). a» Aquatic or land vertebrates with legs or wings as locomotory appendages, or without them. b; Body naked (in American species), being without special integumentary coverings; toes without claws or MAM S20). cachevom sicvete Sata Mieke. 5B tae one te Apa be Body not naked, but with special integumentary coverings; toes with claws or nails. c: Body covered with horny scales or plates......... 3. Reptiles (p. 177). co Body covered with feathers (not included in this BOO artic ee ieee ay ee Pre ceo ee ger es 4. Birds. és) Body. covered with hairs. ase oes tis ner 5. Mammals (p. 243). CLASS 1. FISHES ‘ Aquatic, cold-blooded vertebrates which have an integumentary covering of dermal scales or plates, and which breathe by means of pharyngeal gills. Median and paired fins are in most cases present, the latter being homologous to the limbs of the higher vertebrates. The heart has but one ventricle and one auricle, and contains only venous blood. The head is joined with the trunk without articulation, and there is no neck. No external ear-opening is present. With a few exceptions all fishes lay eggs, which develop without an amnion. On the Identification of Fishes.—The body of most species of fishes is more or less lenticular in shape and compressed laterally. In many species, however, the anterior portion is cylindrical, as it is in the eel, or more or less depressed (flattened), as in the catfish. The head forms the anterior end of the body, the hinder margin of the opercles marking the boundary between it and the trunk. The caudal or tail fin forms the posterior end, the caudal peduncle being the slenderer portion of the body from which it projects, the caudal fin and peduncle being postanal in position. Measurements (Fig. 1) —The length of a fish, as given in this book, is the distance between the tip of the snout and the base of the caudal fin, expressed in millimeters; the caudal fin is not included. The measurements of the head and of the depth (i.e., the greatest dorso- ventral measurement) of the body are not given in millimeters or by any other absolute scale, but are relative, being the number of times the length of the body is greater than that of the head or the depth of the body, respectively. Thus, the expression ‘‘head 3, depth 5”’ means that the length of the body is 3 times the length of the head and 5 times its own depth. Fins (Fig. 1).—The fins of fishes are of two kinds, the median or vertical fins and the paired fins. The median fins are the dorsal, caudal and anal fins: they are the more primitive of the two kinds, and alone occur in cyclostomate fishes. The dorsal fin lies in the middorsal plane and in many fishes is divided, so that there are two or even three or more of them. The caudal or tail fin is usually the largest and the principal organ of locomotion; its hinder margin may be either forked, concave, emarginate (slightly forked or notched), straight or rounded. 15 STATES VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED 16 "SUOT}JAIIOSOp OY} UI 0} podtojor ore ADY} YOIYM Aq soureu oy} pure ‘Yysy v Jo sjivd [eusJo}Xe OY T— ‘I “SIy uf jpuoyoad a | SS SS eS [E FISHES ty In the sturgeon and many other primitive fishes the backbone takes an upward turn at the base of the caudal fin and continues in the fin to near its hinder end, so that the greater part of the fin is ventral to the backbone; such a tail is called heterocercal (Fig. 2). In most fishes, however, the caudal fin is homocercal, that is, the backbone extends only to the base of the fin, which projects fan-shaped back of it. The anal fin lies in the midventral plane behind the anus; it is in most cases single, but in some species is divided. = = SSS SSS SS SSS Ci — Fic. 2.—Types of tail fins of fishes: heterocercal tail of sturgeon (upper left-hand figure) ; heterocercal tail of garpike (upper right-hand figure); homocercal tail of pike-perch (lower figure) (from Fishes of Illinois). The paired fins are the pectoral fins, which are anterior in position, and the ventral fins, which are posterior. The pectoral fins are imme- diately back of the head, either on the side of the body or on the breast. The ventral fins (Fig. 3) lie on the belly in front of the anus in the more primitive fishes, in which case they are said to be abdominal in position; in the more specialized fishes they are situated nearer the head, and are said to be thoracic in position when they are immediately beneath the pectoral fins and jugular when they are in front of the pectoral fins. The fins are stiffened and supported by slender bony rods called the fin-rays (Fig. 4). These are of two kinds, the soft rays, which are jointed and have divided or split terminal ends, and the spiny rays, which are stiff and not jointed and have undivided and sharp-pointed ends. 18 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES The position of the fins and the number of soft and spiny rays are of great importance in descriptions of fishes. The number of the soft rays is expressed by Arabic and that of the spiny rays by Roman numer- als: thus, the expression ’ means that the a4 rays of dorsal fin VI, 12”’ dorsal fin has 6 spiny and 12 soft rays. Where two dorsal fins are present the number of the rays of the anterior fin is separated from that of the posterior one by a dash. Thus the expression ‘‘rays of dorsal fins XI-III, 5”’ means that the anter- ior dorsal fin has 11 spiny rays and the posterior dorsal has 3 spiny and 5 soft rays. In certain groups of soft- 2 a rayed fishes, such as the trout, catfish ; and others, the posterior dorsal fin is 1 2 a fleshy structure without rays of any kind, and is consequently not men- tioned in such descriptions; it is called the adipose fin. Lateral Line (Fig. 1)—In most fishes the lateral line appears as a longitudinal series of modified scales t ee | Fic. 3.—Position of the ventral fins: Fic. 4.—Soft fin-rays (a); spiny fin-rays (6) (top figure), the ventral fins in an ab- (from Siissw, Fauna. Deut.). dominal position; (middle figure), in a thoracic position; (bottom figure), in a jugular position: 1, pectoral fins; 2, ventral fins (from Siissw, Fauna. Deut.). extending along the side of the body between the head and the caudal fin. In the lower, soft-rayed fishes it tends to run parallel to the line of the belly, and in the higher, spiny-rayed fishes to the line of the back. In many fishes it is not complete or is altogether wanting, at least so far as any external appearance is concerned. Scales (Fig. 5).—In some species of fishes, the catfish for example, the skin is naked and without any hard skeletal covering. In most fishes, however, the skin is protected by a layer of scales, and in a few groups by bony plates, prickles, or other skeletal structures. By FISHES 19 far the greatest number of species have scales of one of two types, the cycloid or the ctenoid scales. These are thin rounded plates which cover the body more or less completely and are imbricated, that is, arranged in overlapping rows like the shingles on a roof, the free ends being directed backwards. Cycloid scales characterize the more primitive of the bony fishes, as the trout and salmon, and have a smooth hinder margin. Ctenoid scales have a more or less roughened surface and a dentate, serrate or spiny free hinder margin; they characterize the more specialized bony fishes, as the perch and the bass. In some species both types of scales are present, and in some species scales which are inter- mediate between the two. Certain ganoid fishes, as the garpike, have y © Fic. 5.—Scales of fishes: a, ctenoid scale (hinder end of scale at the right); b, ganoid scales; c, cycloid scale (hinder end of scale above) (modified from Cambridge Natural History and Jordan's Guide to the Study of Fishes). ganoid scales, which are rhombic in form and are not imbricated, while certain ganoids, as the sturgeon, and certain teleosts, as the sticklebacks, have bony plates on the sides of the body. In the description of a fish the average number of scales (Fig. 6) occurring in the lateral line between the head and the caudal fin is given. The number, also, occurring in a dorso-ventral series, between the lateral line and the back and the lateral line and the belly, is usually given. Thus the expression ‘“‘scales 5-46-11” means that 46 scales occur in the lateral line, or if no lateral line is present in a lateral series between the head and the caudal fin, that 5 scales occur in a dorso- ventral series between the forward end of the dorsal fin and the lateral line and 11 scales between the lateral line and the anus or the forward end of the anal fin. These figures are never absolute for all the indi- viduals of a species, but are liable to vary a sixth from the average given. Color.—Fishes are among the brightest of animals. Their colors cover a wide range, and a statement of the markings of a specimen is 20 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES usually an important part of a description. It must be remembered, however, that there is often a considerable variation in the coloration of a species in different individuals and at different times of the year, that the two sexes are often colored differ- ently, the female being duller than the male, and that bright colors, especially reds and blues, often fade after the death of the animal or when it has lain in a preserving fluid. Head (Fig. 7).—The portion of the head in front of the eyes is the snout. The mouth may be either ter- minal in position, inferior, subinferior or superior, and may also be either horizontal or oblique (Fig. 8). The nostrils are four in number, two on each side immediately in front of the eye. The upper jaw contains the paired premaxillary bones which sup- port its anterior portion, and also often the lateral portions as well, and the paired maxillaries, which lie above and behind the lateral portions of the premaxillary, on each side. The pre- maxillaries are, in many fishes, pro- tractile, that is, they can be thrust forward. In certain fishes a sup- plementary maxillary lies above the posterior portion of the maxillary, on each side. Many species of fishes, catfish for Fic. 6.—A portion of the lateral side instance, have one or more pairs of of a fish's body between the dorsal fin elongated tentacles called barbels illusteate the count of the seales the extending from one or both jaws lateral line series of which is in the (Fig. Is) middle, and the dorso-ventral series : above and below it (from Siissw. Fauna Below and behind the eyes on Bee): each side of the head is the cheek. Behind the cheek is the preopercle, and behind it the opercle; beneath them lies the interopercle and the subopercle; these structures form the gill-covers. Ventral to them lies the branchiostegal membrane supported FISHES 21 by the branchiostegal rays, or as they are usually called, the branchio- stegals. The gills lie beneath the gill-covers, borne on four gill-arches (Fig. 9); posterior to these arches is a fifth arch which rarely bears gills but is usually massively built and bears teeth; it is called the pharyngeal arch. On the inner surface of the opercle near its anterior margin are, pes aS G7 8 8 101 Ie Fic. 7.—Head of a fish: 1, nostrils; 2, premaxillary; 3, mandible; 4, lateral portion of premaxillary; 5, maxillary; 6, supplementary maxillary; 7, cheek; 8, interopercle; 9, pre- opercle; 10, branchiostegals; 11, subopercle; 12, opercle. in most fishes, small gills called the pseudobranchie. In most fishes from the pharyngeal margins of each gill-arch a double series of car- tilaginous or bony rods project towards the gill-cleft; these are the gill- © © © a b c Fic. 8.—Position of the mouth: a, mouth terminal in position; b, mouth superior; ¢, mouth inferior (from Siissw. Fauna Deut.). rakers and they serve as a sieve to prevent particles of food from passing _ through the gill-clefts with the respiratory water. Teeth.—A few species of fish are without teeth. They are, however, usually present, and may be found, in the various species, on the pre- maxillaries, dentaries (lower jaw), vomer, palatines, pterygoids, sphe- 22 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES noids, gill-arches, tongue and pharyngeals (Fig. 9). Short, slender, close-set teeth are called vzlliform; long, sharp teeth which project beyond the level of the others are called canine; teeth with blunt tips used for crushing shells are called molar; flat, mosaic-like teeth are called paved or tessellated; front teeth with cutting edges are called incisor. Internal Structures.—A knowledge of the internal anatomy of a fish is usually not necessary in order to make a systematic description Fic. 9.—The inside of the mouth (of the rock bass, Ambloplites rupestris) showing the dentition and the gill-arches: a, the roof of the mouth; b, the floor of the mouth: dn, dentary; ecp, ectopterygoid; enp, entopterygoid; hy, hyoid; lph, lower pharyngeal arch; p/, palatine; pmx, premaxillary; im, tongue; uph, upper pharyngeal arch; vo, vomer (from Fishes of Illinois). of it. The following features, however, are occasionally referred to in the descriptions in this book: the shape of the stomach; the number and character of the pyloric appendages or ceca of the stomach; the length and character of the intestine; the presence or absence of the air bladder, and its character when present; the character of the four ante- rior vertebrae, whether they are coéssified and have some of their ele- ments detached to form the Weberian ossicles which connect the air bladder with the ear; the unossified portion of the top of the skull in certain fishes known as the fontanelle. History.—Fishes, conspicuous and abundant animals as they are and important in the dietary of all peoples, have attracted the interest of naturalists from time immemorial. The modern scientific FISHES 23 study of them is based upon the classifications of Peter Artedi and Linneus, who wrote in the 18th century, and Cuvier, who wrote in the early part of the roth. In recent times the most important single work is Giinther’s ‘‘Catalogue of the Fishes of the British Museum,” published in 1859-70. This work and Boulenger’s continuation of it published in 1898-1900 are fundamental for the modern systematic study of fishes. The fishes of America have attracted many brilliant students, the most eminent of the earlier ones being Louis Agassiz, who first placed the study of American fishes on a sound scientific basis. Since his death in 1873 the school of ichthyologists founded by him has been directed and carried on by David Starr Jordan, one of his pupils, who together with his pupils and associates has made the fishes of North America better known than perhaps those of any other equally large area. The ‘“‘Fishes of North and Middle America” by Jordan and Evermann (1896-1900), the Check List of Jordan, Ever- mann and Clark (1930) and the Manual of Vertebrates (1929), revised as to Fishes by C. L. Hubbs, are the foundation of the descriptions of fishes in this book. Number of Species and Distribution.—The Class, Fishes, includes over 30,000 described species and subspecies, grouped, as described in this book, in 2 subclasses. Over 600 species live in the fresh waters of the United States, grouped in about 36 families. The largest of these families are the Cyprinide with 311 species and the Etheostomideé with 115 species, as given in the Check List of the Fishes of North and Middle America of Jordan, Evermann and Clark (1928). The Catostomide with 83 species and the Cyprinodontide with 61 species are the next in rank; and these four families include two-thirds of all the species of fresh water fishes in the country. The fresh waters of the United States are very rich in species of fishes, as will be seen by a comparison with those of Europe, which, although having a land area of about the same extent and with a very varied surface, contains only about 125 species. It is the very large hydrographical basins of our country joined with its varied character and the relatively high temperature of the middle and southern portions of it which have brought about the multiplication of species of fishes within its borders. The Mississippi basin contains about 200 species and that of the Great Lakes about 150 species. Key to the Subclasses of Fishes a; Mouth without jaws; no paired fins; nostril median..1. Cyclostomata (p. 24). a2 Mouth with true jaws; paired fins present; nostrils PRUE CARs A Ae. sk Dn ep aita Seah a oe Haines Doak PCOS (Pp. 20). 24 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES Subclass 1. Cyclostomata.—Fish-like vertebrates with a cylin- drical, eel-like body, without scales, paired fins, gill-arches or jaws; skeleton cartilaginous and without ribs; skull imperfectly developed and not separate from the vertebral column; nostril single, median; mouth suctorial; gills sac-like, 6 to 14 in number, opening to the out- side through paired pores; no genital ducts, sympathetic nervous system, arterial bulb, pancreas, spleen or air bladder; median fins on posterior half of body: about 20 species, mostly parasitic on fishes in both fresh and salt water, grouped in 2 orders. ‘The first of these orders, with 2 American species, the Californian hagfish, Polistotrema stouti (Lockington) and the Atlantic hagfish, Myxine glutinosa L., is exclu- sively marine. Key to the Orders of Cyclostomata a; Gill openings not near head; hagfish, all marine, and not included TH othiS OOK: Voce A Mee Se es ae Te, SR ee es 1. Hyperotreta. a2 Gill openings immediately back of head; lampreys............. 2. Hyperoartia. Order 2. Hyperoartia.—The lampreys. Body cylindrical ante- riorly, compressed posteriorly; fins median and well developed, the dorsal fin being more or less completely sepa- rated by a median notch into two fins; nostril just in front of the eyes and opening into a blind sac which does not communicate with the pharynx; eyes well developed in the adult; mouth suctorial, in the middle of a depressed, funnel-shaped oral plate, called the buccal funnel (Fig. 10), which has a fringed margin and is set with sharp, horny teeth or toothlike tubercles; tongue with sharp rasping teeth; bordering the mouth anteriorly and posteriorly, respectively, are the so-called supraoral and infraoral lamine, horny plates each with 2 or more teeth; intes- y Cae ion tine with spiral valve; 7 pairs of gill-sacs, the Jordan's Guide to the Study external openings forming a row immediately Be Sie back of the eyes: about 15 species, in fresh and salt water; 1 family, the Petromyzonid@, with about 8 species in the United States. Adult lampreys, in the case of most of the species, feed by attaching themselves to fishes and sucking their blood and rasping away the flesh, often killing them, and causing large sores and scars on those they do not kill; they are often destructive to fisheries. The marine species FISHES 25 ascend the streams to breed. The young animals, which are called Ammocetes, are without functional paired eyes, suctorial mouth or teeth and pass through a metamorphosis; they live in this larval condi- tion two to six years, during which they burrow in muddy bottoms in the streams where they are born, feeding on minute organic particles which the current brings them. Several of the smaller species have apparently a very short adult life; the intestine is degenerate and non- functional and the buccal teeth are weak, blunt and more or less obsolescent; such species are probably not parasitic. Key to the United States Genera of Petromyzonide a; Buccal funnel with numerous teeth which radiate from the mouth in all directions (Fig. ro). b; Dorsal fin continuous; Great Lakes and Mississippi Valley. c, Expanded buccal funnel much broader than body....... 1. Icthyomyzon. c. Expanded buccal funnel narrower than body............2. Reighardina. » Two separated dorsal fins; Atlantic slope. . alae .3. Petromyzon. as Soest funnel with teeth which do not rodiatee ea the rath but lie in several groups (Fig. 12). b; A posterior row of small teeth connect the posterior pair of enlarged lateral teeth (Fig. 12). Spehaciien@oast and OlOME FOFMSs <5 2: o's aes Ue 's,5 ores iene 4. Entosphenus. Soe vilantice Slope nOniisimsrcs cds source Sic Cue ate sina bints oad 5. Lethenteron. bs No such row of teeth present (Fig. 13). Sey TEENS TEES) (oo (aye 10) clan oye 2 ate ee es ee 6. Lampetra. EreAtlantcislopetormse. (6. Sack i usu. tac. Mies Uehdec ol: 7. Okkelbergia. 1. Ichthyomyzon Girard. Small fresh water lampreys with a single dorsal fin which has a broad notch in the middle and is joined with the caudal fin; muscle segments between gill and anus less than 60: 1 species. I. concolor (Kirtland). Silver lamprey. Length 300 mm.; color silvery; a small dark spot above each gill pore; supraoral lamina with 1 to 4 (usually 2) approximated cusps; buccal funnel, when expanded, much wider than the body, and with a double row of marginal fringes: valleys of the Great Lakes and St. Lawrence River; southward and westward into the Ohio, Missouri and upper Mississippi valleys; northwards to Hudson Bay; common on the sturgeon and other large fishes. 2. Reighardina Creaser and Hubbs. Similar to Jcthyomyzon, but with a narrow buccal funnel: 1 species. R. unicolor (DeKay) (Fig. 10). Length 150 mm.; supraoral lamina with 2 separated cusps; buccal funnel, when expanded, not wider than the body, and with weak or obsolescent teeth; intestine degenerate in the adult: basin of the Great Lakes; often abundant. 26 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES 3. Petromyzon L. Marine and fresh water lampreys with 2 sepa- rated dorsal fins: several species, 1 in the United States. P. marinus L. Lamprey eel; great sea lamprey (Fig. 11). Length up to 1,000 mm.; color blackish, more or less mottled; buccal funnel large, with strong, pointed teeth, the innermost lateral teeth being enlarged and usually bicuspid; supraoral lamina with 2 approxi- mated cusps; infraoral lamina with 7 to 9 strong cusps; muscle segments between gills and anus about 70: North Atlantic along the American, European and African coasts; southward to Florida, ascending the streams to breed; common in the interior lakes of New York and Lake Ontario. Fic. 11.—Petromyzon marinus (from Jordan's Guide to the Study of Fishes). 4. Entosphenus Gill. Marine and fresh water lampreys with 2 separate dorsal fins; teeth in groups, there being a marginal series bordering the edge of the buccal disc, several enlarged teeth on each lateral border of the mouth, a group on the anterior and one on the posterior part of the disc: 3 species, 1 in Mexico. E. tridentatus (Gairdner). Length 450 mm. or more; color dark brown; 4 enlarged lateral teeth on a side, the first and last bicuspid, the middle two tricuspid; infraoral lamina with 4 to 6 cusps; supraoral lamina tricuspid: Pacific Ocean, from Unalaska to southern California, ascending the streams, in the Columbia as far as Walla Walla. E. ciliatus (Ayres). Muscle segments between gills and anus 57 to 67: streams of northern California. 5. Lethenteron Creaser and Hubbs. Similar to Entosphenus: I species. L. appendix (DeKay) (E. wilderi Jordan & Evermann) (Fig. 12). Length 200 mm.; color bluish black; enlarged lateral teeth 3 on a side, all bicuspid; infraoral lamina with 8 to 11 cusps; supraoral lamina bicuspid; muscle segments between gills and anus 67 to 73; intestine of adult degenerate: in streams from southern New England to Mary- land; westward to Wisconsin and Iowa; northward into Canada; in eastern Asia. FISHES 27 6. Lampetra Gray. Teeth very few, there being usually 3 enlarged two-cusped laterals on each side of the mouth; supraoral lamina with 2 separated cusps, joined by a bridge: 3 American species. L. ayresii (Giinther). Length 350 mm.; dorsal fins separated; 63 to 70 muscle seg- ments between gills and anus; teeth strong and sharp; infraoral lamina with 6 to 9 cusps; anterior portion of buccal disc with many teeth: coasts and streams of Europe, Asia and western North America from San Fran- cisco to Puget Sound. 7. Okkelbergia Creaser and Hubbs. Similar to Lampetra: 1 species. ie Dei Yee O. lamotteni (LeSueur) CE: epy ptera Lethenteron appendix (from Abbott) (Fig. 13). Length 120 mm.; teeth 7/5 % 1s). much reduced in number and size; infraoral lamina with a crenulated crest and without distinct cusps; lateral teeth sometimes unicuspid and more or less obsolescent; anterior portion of buccal disc with \ ) ¥O Fic. 13.—Buccal funnel of Okkelbergia lamotteni (from Creaser & Hubbs). usually 4 teeth; 54 to 60 muscle segments between gills and anus: in the Ohio and Potomac River basins. 28 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES Subclass 2. Pisces.—The true fishes. Aquatic vertebrates with gills which are attached to bony or cartilaginous gill-arches; with true jaws; with median fins and usually two pairs of paired fins; in most cases with scales; with paired nostrils: 3 divisions. Key to the Divisions of Pisces a; Skeleton cartilaginous; skull without membrane bones; sharks; skates; (all marine, not included in this book)................ 1. Selachit. ao Skeleton in most cases bony; skull with membrane bones. b; Paired fins each with a segmented cartilaginous axis; respiration by gills and lungs (no American species and hence not included sin:this*bGOK) Ha. voce oe ac eRe ey 2. Dipnoi. bs Fins supported by fin-rays and without central axes.......... 3. Teleostomt. Division 3. Teleostomi.—Skeleton usually bony; skull covered with membrane bones separated by sutures; a single gill opening on each ‘ side, the gills being supported by 4 pairs of arches in most cases, and covered by the opercles; air bladder mostly present: 2 series. Key to the Series of Teleostomi a; Skeleton” cartilaginous Gr bony... >. . 4.2 noes sree 1. Ganoidei (p. 28). aN SICE EEO DOI Yau. osu eo an oe Mors rere ee oe ee fee 2. Teleostei (p. 33). Series 1. Ganoidei.—The ganoid fishes. Fishes with either car- tilaginous or bony skeleton; with heterocercal or homocercal caudal fin; with either ganoid or cycloid scales or bony dermal plates; with an air bladder provided with an open duct connecting it with the pharynx or the cesophagus; with an arterial bulb with several pairs of valves; and with an intestinal spiral valve: 2 American orders, with about 13 Ameri- can species. Key to the American Orders of Ganoidei a, Ganoids without scales, with the body either naked or with bony plates; skeleton cartilaginous............. 1. Chondrostei (p. 28). a. Ganoids with the body covered either with ganoid or cycloid scales; skeleton) bouysse. 52) pes se cee 2. Holostei (p. 31). Order 1. Chondrostei.—Cartilaginous ganoids. Fish of large size and with the skeleton cartilaginous; notochord persistent; branch- iostegal rays weak or wanting; mouth ventral beneath a long snout; body naked or with bony plates; tail heterocercal: 2 suborders. Key to These Suborders aa. Body naked.’ aicajatles Stic wpa peien ote ahahate ot tetas Shar ete ar sons has 1. Selachostomt. a2 Body more or less covered with bony plates...............--- 2. Glaniostomi. FISHES 29 Suborder 1. Selachostomi.—Skin naked: 1 family. Family Polyodontidz.—The paddle-fishes.- Body without scales and smooth; snout spatulate and very long; teeth minute, present only in the young; opercles rudimentary, prolonged behind on each side to form a long flap; spiracles present; 1 branchiostegal ray; air bladder cellular: 2 species and genera, 1 in China (Psephurus gladius). Polyodon Lacépéde. Gill-rakers very fine and numerous: 1 species. P. spathula (Walbaum). Spoonbill; paddle-fish. Extreme length 1,800 mm.; extreme weight 150 lbs.; color olivaceous; head, with opercle, more than half the length of the body; spatula one-third the total length: Mississippi Valley; French Broad, North Carolina; Lake Erie; often common in the larger streams and lakes, where it feeds on small organisms in the mud; used for food and the roe made into caviar. Suborder 2. Glaniostomi.—Skin with bony scales; sturgeons: 1 family. Family Acipenseridz.—Sturgeons. Large fish with 5 longi- tudinal rows of keeled bony plates on the body, a middorsal series and a lateral and an abdominal series on each side, between which are small plates or granules; mouth ventral and toothless, in front of which pro- jects a long snout; 4 barbels in a transverse row in front of the mouth; gill-slits 4, with an accessory opercular gill; no branchiostegal rays; ventral fins posterior; median fins with spine-like projections called fulcra: about 20 species; 7 species and 3 genera in America. Key to the Genera of Acipenseride MP SPER LC SIT ESEI Gar feats sence eer ie oe Me ere eae s 1. Acipenser. az Spiracles absent. b, Belly covered with subrhombic plates..............2. Scaphirhynchus. | Seer BNET, omy ECG As Am ene a Me Ae Rg ee Sh tt ee 3. Parascaphirhynchus. 1. Acipenser L. Snout subconical; a small spiracle above the eye; tail subcylindrical and not mailed; pseudobranchiz present: cosmo- politan, in northern waters, both fresh and salt; 5 species in America; the marine species ascend the rivers to breed; the flesh is used for food, the eggs are made into caviar and the air bladder into isinglass; the food of sturgeons consists of small fishes, crayfish, snails, etc. Key to the American Species of Acipenser a; In the eastern and central States. b; In the Atlantic Ocean and its tributaries. c, Space between dorsal and lateral plates with 5 to 10 Pore SHOU SING DALES eet fete Pectin ni Said serane se & ss. ot A. oxyrhynchus. Bor. VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES co Space between dorsal and lateral plates with very many seres Of miiute plates s..3..seteu< 1 aia one ee A. brevirostrum. by In the Great Lakes and upper Mississippi Valley......... 4. fulvescens. ao On the Pacific slope. br uateral plates anout:A4qc tific vente «2 eta oe ees 4. transmontanus. bs Wuateral: plates’ 20:60 30% ..> ashe false ene eee eee A. acutirostris. A. oxyrhynchus Mitchill. Common sturgeon. American sturgeon. Extreme length 3,600 mm.; extreme weight 550 lbs.; head 3.5; depth 5-75; color olive gray, lighter below; dorsal plates 1o to 14; laterals 27 to 29; ventrals 8 to 11; rays of dorsal fin 38; anal 27; snout long and sharp, almost as long as the head: Atlantic Ocean and its tributary streams from Main to South Carolina; often common; a valuable food fish. Fic. 14.—Acipenser fulvescens (from Jordan & Evermann). A. brevirostrum LeSueur. Short-nosed sturgeon. Length 800mm.; head 4; depth 5.5; color dusky; snout very short, about a quarter the length of the head; dorsal plates 8 to 11; laterals 22 to 33; ventrals 6 to 9; rays of dorsal fin 41; anal 22: Cape Cod to Florida; not common. A. fulvescens Rafinesque. Lake sturgeon (Fig. 14). Length 1,800 mm.; head 3.5; depth 5.75; average weight 50 lbs.; extreme weight too lbs.; color dark olive, often with large irregular blackish spots; sides paler or reddish; dorsal plates 11 to 15; laterals 38; ventrals 10; rays of dorsal fin 35; anal 26; plates large and rough in the young, becoming smoother and often lost with age:.basin of the Great Lakes and the Mississippi Valley and northwards; abundant; the largest fish in these regions. A. transmontanus Richardson. White sturgeon. Length 1,500 mm.; head 4; depth 7; weight 125 lbs.; record length 4,000 mm. ; record weight 1,000 lbs.; color dark gray; dorsal plates 11; laterals 44; ventrals to to 12; rays of dorsal fin 45; anal 28: Pacific Ocean from Alaska to Monterey, ascending the streams, in which it may remain throughout the year. A. acutirostris Ayres. Green sturgeon. Length 2,000 mm.; head 4.25; depth 7.5; weight 350 lbs.; color olive green, with a midventral stripe and one on each side above the ventral plates; dorsal plates 10; FISHES AE laterals 26 to 30; ventrals 7 to 10; rays of dorsal fin 35; anal 28: Pacific Ocean from San Francisco northwards, ascending the streams; not used for food. 2. Scaphirhynchus Heckel. Snout broad and shovel-shaped; spir- acles absent; caudal peduncle slender, long and flattened, and covered with bony plates; pseudobranchiz absent; tail ending in a long filament; ribs 10 or IT: I species. S. platorynchus (Rafinesque). Shovel-nosed sturgeon. Length 1,200 mm.; head 4; depth 8; weight 9 lbs.; color pale olive; dorsal plates 17 or 18; laterals 41 to 46; ventrals 11 to 13; rays of dorsal fin 32; anal 20: upper and middle Mississippi Valley; common. 3. Parascaphirhynchus Forbes and Richardson. Like Scaphi- rhynchus but with the belly naked; ribs 20 or 21: 1 species. P. albus F. and R. White sturgeon. Length 1,000 mm.; weight 5 lbs.; color very light gray or white; dorsal plates 16 to 19; laterals 41 to 47; ventrals 10 to 13; rays of dorsal fin 35 to 43; anal 20 to 23: Mississippi and Missouri Rivers; rare. Order 2. Holostei.—The bony ganoids. Skeleton bony; branch- iostegals present; mouth terminal and with teeth; body covered with ganoid or cycloid scales; tail heterocercal; air bladder cellular and lung- like and connected by a sort of glottis with the cesophagus: 2 suborders, with 5 American species. Key to These Suborders Pe CALE SUP ANOIG Meh cres nt Meet asi. se Tee eM we bude ayers Se 1. Ginglymodi (p. 31). Umea COCO yt these In He See SoA Sand aces ayo, 2. Halecomor phi (p. 32)- Suborder 1. Ginglymodi.—Scales ganoid, rhombic in shape; vertebre opisthoccelous: 1 family. Family Lepisosteidz.—The garpikes. Body elongate and sub- cylindrical, with rhombic ganoid scales; jaws elongate, forming a long slender snout, the upper jaw of which is composed mostly of the premaxillaries; opercle supporting an acessory gill; branchiostegals 3; spiracles absent; spiral valve rudimentary; rays of both dorsal and anal fins 8: 3 genera. Key to These Genera a; Snout more than twice the length of the rest of the head...... 1. Lepisosteus. a2 Snout not longer than the rest of the head. b, Large teeth in upper jaw in a single row..................2. Cylindrosteus. be Large teeth in upper jaw in 2 rows on each side...........3. Alractosteus. 32 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES 1. Lepisosteus Lacépéde (Lepidosteus Agassiz). Palatine teeth uniform; snout very long and narrow: about 1 species in the fresh waters of North America, and one (ZL. tropicus Gill) in Central America; flesh usually not used for food, except in the southern States. L. osseus (L.). Common garpike. Length 1,300 mm.; head 3; depth 10 to 13; color olivaceous, silvery below; hinder parts with black spots; very young animals with a black lateral band; scales in lateral line about 62: Great Lakes and Mississippi Valley to the SSE /, See SEG ee = Body without scales, and either naked or with bony plates; sticklebacks....11. Thoracostei (p. 102). 34 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES by Head wholly or partly scaly. c,; Lateral line wanting, or when present, imper- fect and median in position. d, Lateral margin of upper jaw formed of the maxillaries, the premaxillary being short; pikes piekerels etnies ees oe 6. d. Upper jaw formed by the premaxilary; kaillish scayvehish< arcsec ere sek ee 7 co Lateral line ventral] in position (but one species in the United States): garhsh.. 3202 9a 10. ao Ventral fins thoracic or jugular (Fig. 3) in position, (except in the Atherinid@). b; Fins without spines. cy Head:symametrical:-burbots!. 2. G20. cs.)65 25% Ea c; Head asymmetrical; fatiish 2020... os see £3: be Fins with spines. c, Anus jugular in position; pirate-perch....... Q. c. Anus normal in position. d,; Body uniformally covered with scales. e; Spinous dorsal fin with less than 16 spines. f, Spinous dorsal with 6 to 15 spines; Spiny frayed fishesa(...ssaeee tines 14. f. Spinous dorsal with 2 to 8 spines; eo Spinous dorsal fin with 16 or more SDileS: SULMSMES sm.) eorre Moser tains ree TS: d. Body without scales or irregularly scaled; SCUlpIS! Peer nas cee eee ee 16. Order 1. Isospondyli.—Herring; salmon; Haplomi (p. 90). Cyprinodontes (p. 93) Synentognathi (p. 102) Anacanthini (p. 104). Heterosomata (p. 105). Xenarchi (p. tot). Acanthopteri (p. 105). . Gobioidea (p. 133). Holconoti (p. 130). Cataphracti (p. 130). trout. Fishes with unmodified anterior vertebre; lower pharyngeal arch simple, not falciform; head not scaly; maxillary distinct from the premaxillaries and forming part of the margin of the upper jaw; no barbels; air bladder, if present, with a pneumatic duct; fins without spines; ventral fins abdominal; scales usually cycloid, sometimes ctenoid, occasionally wanting: 20 to 25 families, mostly marine; 2 suborders and 7 families in fresh water. Key to These Suborders a1; INO-ddipose: fin: Presenty..cs cj. 2 bw rates 4 osc leieininetoaee dg Adipose fit: pReSGme en sor seas nihesks etnies ae .1. Clupeoidet (p. 34). .2. Salmonoidei (p. 37). Suborder 1. Clupeoidei.—Herring-like fishes; no adipose fin: 3 fresh water families. FISHES 35 Key to These Families MeL al MEME MPILES EMEA eke sets x's ccs pn hg Sateen ete eens eee 1. Hiodontide. ay Lateral line absent. b,; Last rays of dorsal fin much elongated.....................2. Dorosomide. Eee OESAlM phe MORIA ery, asec Scccss Salt. ¢ ovate asim nari ae ane at 3. Clupeide. Family 1. Hiodontidze.—The mooneyes. Body oblong, com- pressed, covered with silvery cycloid scales, short; mouth terminal, oblique; tail forked; branchiostegals 8 to 10; lateral line present; teeth on jaws, margin of the tongue, vomer, sphenoid, hyoid, pterygoid and palatines; eyes very large; no pseudobranchie; 1 pyloric appendage: 2 genera. 1. Hiodon LeSueur. Dorsal fin with 12 rays: 2 species, of little food value. Af) a Fic. 17.—Hiodon tergisus (Jordan & Evermann). H. tergisus LeSueur (Fig. 17). Mooneye; silver bass. Length 300 mm.; head 4.3; depth 3; color olivaceous with silvery sides; rays of dorsal fin 12; anal 28; scales 5-55-7; belly behind ventrals somewhat carinated: basin of the Mississippi River; Great Lakes; common in large streams. H. selenops Jordan & Bean. Body elongate; length 300 mm.; head 4.1; depth 4; color clear silvery; rays of dorsal fin 12; anal 27; scales 50: Tennessee, Cumberland and Alabama Rivers; rare. 2. Amphiodon Rafinesque. Dorsal fin with 9 rays: 1 species. A. alosoides. (Rafinesque). Mooneye. Length 300 mm.; head 4.5; depth 3.5; color bluish; sides silvery, with a golden lustre; rays of dorsal fin 9; anal 32; scales 6-56-9; belly in front of ventrals cari- nated: Ohio River basin and Great Lakes region to the Saskatchewan; common northwards. Family 2. Dorosomidz.—Body short and deep, strongly com- pressed; scales cycloid; belly carinated; no lateral line; mouth toothless, 6 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES On small; branchiostegals 6; pseudobranchie large; eyelid adipose; anal fin very long and low; tail forked: 1 genus. Dorosoma Rafinesque. With the characters of the family: 10 species of mud-feeding fishes, in warm seas and rivers; 1 in the United States. D. cepedianum (LeSueur). Gizzard shad; mud shad. Length 375 mm.; head 4.3; depth 2.5; color silvery, being bluish above; rays of dorsal fin 12, its posterior ray very long and extending back half the distance to the tail; rays of anal fin 31; scales 56-23; stomach like a fowl’s gizzard: Cape Cod to Mexico, in the sea and ascending the rivers; Mississippi Valley; introduced into Lakes Erie and Michigan and in ponds from New Jersey to Texas; common; of little food value. Family 3. Clupeidz.—Herring; shad. Body oblong or elongate, covered with cycloid scales; mouth large and terminal; teeth feeble or wanting; maxillaries formed of 2 or 3 pieces and forming side of upper jaw; pseudobranchie 6 to 15; no lateral line; branchiostegals 6 to 15; tail forked: about 30 genera and 150 species, mostly marine, inhabiting all seas; a few species live in fresh water and several marine ones enter streams to spawn. A number of marine species, such as the common herring, Clupea harengus L., the alewife, Pomolobus pseudoharengus (Wilson), the shad, Alosa sapidissima (Wil.), the European sardine Clupanodon pilchardus (Walbaum) and the men- haden, Brevoortia tyrannus (Latrobe), swim in large, often immense, schools, and are very important food fish. Key to the Fresh Water Genera of Clupeide Ae LAWS Wall Peet Nuctcare cic cls ches bee tetra mete eed ieee 1. Pomolobus. Age PANVS UGOLIMESS Sen. oan tuete epi hae Sle ican Wades ie eee ce oe a 2. Alosa. 1. Pomolobus Rafinesque. Body eliptical, compressed; scales cycloid; teeth feeble: many species, mostly in northern seas. P. chrysochloris Raf. Skipjack. Length 375 mm.; head 3.75; depth 3.75; color brilliant blue above; sides silvery, with golden reflections; rays of dorsal fin 16; anal 18; scales 52; lower jaw projecting: Mis- sissippi1 Valley and Gulf of Mexico; common in the larger streams; introduced into Lake Erie and Michigan; of no food value. P. pseudoharengus (Wilson). Alewife. Length 375 mm.; head 4.6; depth 3.3; color bluish above, with silvery sides; a small black spot behind the opercle; rays of dorsal fin 16; anal 19; scales 50: Atlantic Ocean, south to South Carolina, entering the streams to spawn; in Lake Ontario and the lakes of central New York; very common. FISHES a7 2. Alosa Cuvier. Body elliptical, compressed; jaws toothless; upper jaw with a deep notch at the tip: 3 American species. A. sapidissima (Wilson). Shad. Length 750 mm.; head 4.25; depth 3; color bluish above; sides silvery; a dark spot, or a row of several, behind the opercle; gill-rakers 60, very long and slender; rays of dorsal fin 15; anal 21; scales 60: Atlantic Ocean, Newfoundland to the Carolinas, ascending the streams to spawn; common; introduced into the Pacific Ocean, and very common from San Diego to Fort Wrangel; the most valuable food fish in the eastern States. A. alabame Jordan & Evermann. Length 375 mm.; head 4.6; depth 3; color like A. sapidissima; rays of dorsal fin 15; anal 20; scales 55: streams entering the Gulf of Mexico. A. ohiensis Evermann. Length 375 mm.; head 4.5; depth 3.6; body very long and slender and compressed; rays of dorsal fin 18; anal 18: Ohio River at Louisville; rare. Suborder 2. Salmonoidei— Whitefish; salmon; trout. Body elongate, more or less elliptical, covered with cycloid scales; mouth terminal; maxillary, with supplementary maxillary, forming the side of the upper jaw; tail forked; pseudobranchie present; no barbels; lateral line present; air bladder large; pyloric caeca very numerous; posterior dorsal fin adipose: 4 families and numerous species in the fresh waters of the United States. Key to the Families of Salmonoidei a; Branchiostegals 10 to 20. b; Mouth small; upper jaw extending to the eye (Fig. 18)....1. Coregonide. be Mouth large; upper jaw extending back of the eye (Fig. ES see RE ee ee ES es ke Tk beh in tO A TE ELI ER a2 Branchiostegals 6 to ro. MeOOSAL fin, Very LONE. eye tee Ie. tote 2 ae gohan 3. Thymallide. osduatsalannieshartes coh. is caer ene Bo ee anen eh eet 4. Osmeride. Family 1. Coregonidze.—Mouth usually small; the maxillary extending to a point in front of or beneath the anterior border of the eye; dentition feeble; flesh white: 5 genera, 1 in Arctic America, in lakes and rivers. Key to the Genera of Coregonide in the United States a; Lower jaw shorter than the upper; premaxillaries broad, with the cutting edge vertical or directed backwards. b, Gill-rakers long and slender, with 17 to 20 on lower limb...... 1. Coregonus. 38 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES be Gill-rakers short, with 12 to 16 on lower limb.............. 2. Prosopium. 3. Trillion. ay Lower jaw usually longer than the upper; premaxillaries with the cutting edge horizontal or directed forwards................. 4. Leucichthys. 1. Coregonus L. Whitefish. Body elongate, compressed; head small; mouth small; teeth minute or wanting; pseudobranchiz large; air bladder very large: 18 species, in clear lakes in the northern hemi- sphere, those in Arctic America descending to the sea; 1 species in the United States. C. clupeaformis (Mitchill) (Fig. 18). Common whitefish. Length 600 mm. or more; greatest weight about 23 lbs.; head 4.5 to 5; depth 3.5 Zaes ae rons s, Barbels presente. «asin ssisc)-aucerea pie ae ale Oe ee eee 13. be Teeth slender, hooked; species mostly not on the Pacific Slope. Cc, Teeth in main row 5-5 or 4-5. d; Barbels present, often very small. e, Tail symmetrical; in the eastern and central States. fy Dorsal fin without a: blask'spot.°)..2.01 fe. 2 5s T4. {> Dorsal fin JPectoralispines; more Onless Senrate. (a.m Pores 8. Rabida. 1. Ictalurus Rafinesque. Channel cats. Body slender; head conical; mouth small; supraoccipital process prolonged posteriorly, its emarginate end receiving the anterior tip of the second interspinal, thus forming a continuous bony ridge between the head and the dorsal fin; rays of dorsal fin usually I, 6; caudal fin deeply forked; 8 barbels present: 4 species, 1 in Guatemala, all important food fishes. Key to the United States Species of Ictalurus a; Body not spotted. Dee Anal tin with 29 LOM CFANS ! cag... cider a ilare craks ks ene ee I. furcatus. bs Anal tin with 24-t0-26 ray se: : Saad sate os & ate oe eee ee I. anguilla. Aor DOU SPOLLEG OL: ote Wi Oak apanie nse See REN Bead ) 32 .uc etoe eee ne ae ciee, LeSOCId@, _ Family 1. Umbride.—Mud minnows. Body elliptical, broad anteriorly, compressed posteriorly; teeth well developed and on the premaxillaries, mandibles, vomer and palatines; maxillaries toothless; no lateral line; no pyloric cca; dorsal fin more or less posterior in posi- tion; scales large; branchiostegals 6 or 8; tail fin rounded: 1 genus and 3 species of small fishes living near the bottom of ponds and sluggish streams. Umbra Muller. With the characters of the family: 3 species, 2 in the United States. Fic. 43.—Umbra pygmea (from Jordan & Evermann). U. limi (Kirtland). Length 1oo mm.; head 3.75; depth 4.25; color olive green, with 14 narrow irregular pale transverse dark bars; rays of dorsal fin 14; anal 8; scales 35: Quebec to Minnesota and southward to the Ohio river and Iowa; common in the basin of the Great Lakes. U. pygmea (Dekay) (Fig. 43). Length too mm.; head 4; depth 4-5; color dark greenish, with about 12 narrow longitudinal pale stripes and a dark transverse bar at the base of the tail fin; rays of the dorsal fin 13; anal 7; scales 35: coastwise streams and swamps from Long Island to the Neuse River; locally common. Family 2. Esocide.—Body elongate, slender, compressed pos- teriorly; head long and flat; mouth very large, with a projecting lower jaw; maxillaries with a supplementary bone; teeth strong and on the premaxillaries, vomer, palatines, mandibles and tongue; head naked above and more or less scaled on the sides; scales small; lateral line weak, wanting in the young; tail forked; dorsal fin opposite the anal and near the tail; branchiostegals 12 to 20; no pyloric ceca: 1 genus; fresh water fish of moderate or large size noted for their fierceness and voracity. Q2 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES Esox L. Pike: pickerel. With the characters of the family: 5 species; all important food and game fishes. Key to the Species of Esox a; Opercle not scaly on the lower half. by: Cheeks ‘entirelyescaly = -s2 0974 voret ecu ayers ee ath Sm E. luctus. b. Cheeksinot scalyaontthe lower half. atom eee E. masquinongy. a2 Opercle and cheek entirely scaly. bz*Raysof dorsal fin" rar ver ssa es) hace ene eee ee E. reticulatus. by Rays of dorsal fin 11 or 12. c: In the Mississippi Valley and Great Lakes basin........ E. vermiculatus. co In Atlantic coastwise streams.........................E. americanus. E. luctus L. Common Pike (Fig. 44). Length up to 1,200 mm.; weight up to 4o lbs.; head 3.4; depth 5; color bluish or greenish gray, Fic. 44.—Esox lucius (from Jordan & Evermann). with many irregular whitish or yellowish spots arranged in more or less longitudinal lines; median fins with irregular black spots; rays of dorsal fin 16 or 17; anal 13 or 14; scales 123; branchiostegals 14 to 16: northern America, Europe and Asia; southward to New York and the Ohio River; northward to Alaska; very common. E. masquinongy Mitchill. Muscalonge; muskallunge. Length goo mm.; extreme length 2,500 mm.; extreme weight 100 lbs.; head 3.6; depth 6; color dark gray; sides with numerous black spots; lower por- tion of cheek and opercle without scales; rays of dorsal fin 17; anal 15; scales 150; branchiostegals 17 to 19: Great Lakes region and upper Mississippi Valley, and northwards; not common; occasionally in the Ohio Valley as far south as North Carolina. Subspecies of E. masquinongy E. m. ohiensis (Kirtland). Sides with narrow dark cross bars which split up into diffuse spots: Ohio River basin; Lake Chautauqua. E. m.immaculatus Jordan & Evermann. Body unspotted: northern Wisconsin; common. FISHES 93 E. niger LeSueur. Common pickerel; chain pickerel. Length 600 mm.; head 3.5; depth 6; color green; sides marked with numerous irregular dark lines forming a network; a dark band below the eye; fins plain; rays of dorsal fin 14; anal 13; scales 125; branchiostegals 14 to 16: Atlantic and Gulf slope, Maine to Florida and Louisiana; very numerous in the New York lakes and east and south of the Alleghenies. E. vermiculaius LeSueur. Grass pike; little pickerel. Length 300 mm.; head 3.25; depth 5 to 6; color green or grayish, sometimes plain but usually with an irregular network of dark streaks on the sides; a dark bar downward from the eye; rays of dorsal and anal fins rx or 12; body rather stout; scales 105; branchiostegals 11 to 13: Mississippi Valley and the southern tributaries of Lakes Michigan, Erie and Ontario; common. E. americanus Gmelin. Banded pickerel. Length 300 mm.; head 3.6; depth 5.5; color dark green; sides with about 20 blackish curved bars; rays of dorsal and anal fins 11 or 12; scales 105; opercle fully scaled: coastwise streams and ponds from Maine to Florida; common. Order 7. Cyprinodontes.—The killifishes. Dorsal fin single, posteriorly inserted; ventrals abdominal, when present; head usually scaled; upper jaw formed by the premaxillaries; size small: 3 families. Key to These Families a, Eyes normal. Dee analeiin, Oranale MOrmMmal 3 cw Mave e a otis eidigiereiece sacs. 1. Cyprinodontide. be Anal fin of male very long and inserted forwards.........2. Peciliide. ag Eyes very small or hidden in’ the skin... ....0.......... 3. Amblyopside. Family 1. Cyprinodontide.—Killifish. Small fish with moder- ately elongate body, flattened head and rather large cycloid scales; head more or less scaly; mouth small, terminal, with a projecting lower jaw; upper jaw very protractile, its margin formed by the premaxillaries; branchiostegals 4 to 6; tail not forked; no pyloric ceca; no lateral line; many species Ovoviviparous: about 30 genera and 180 species, occurring in fresh and brackish water in all the warmer waters of Europe, Asia, Africa and America; about 30 fresh water species in the United States, largely in coastwise inlets and swamps of the southern States. Key to the Fresh Water Genera of Cyprinodontidez and Peecillide in the United States a; Lower jaw usually projecting beyond the upper; teeth little movable; species mostly carnivorous. b, Anal fin of male of normal shape; species oviparous (Cyprinodontide@). c, Teeth pointed, and neither bicuspid nor tricuspid. Q4 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES d, Teeth in more than one series. e; Dorsal fin relatively large, with 12 to 18 rays; bottom fishes. f; Scales relatively large, with 31 to 50 in the lateral line. g, Dorsal fin inserted before the anterior border of the*aniale.. 73 Sea eee ie 1. Fundulus. g2 Dorsal fin inserted over the anterior border OF the an alin 3 75 cnn oon, eee ee eg ee 3. NXenisma. f2 Scales small, with about 60 in the lateral line.... 2. Plancterus. es Dorsal fin small, with 7 to to rays; surface swimmers 4. Zygonectes. d. Teeth in a single series; dorsal fin in front of the anal.. 5. Lucania. co Teeth not pointed but notched and tricuspid. di Dorsalifin swithuto: tone rays yaa cea nisnie aa uatls ae 6. Cyprinodon. ds Dorsalminewith’ 15; tO.te AVG nt win. ons veheames ee © 7. Jordanella. b. Anal fin of male a long sword-shaped organ; species vivipar- OUS AUR werd Oh cee Co are cL Pte wise TAN marae Ni ae 1. Gambusia. a2 Lower jaw short; teeth movable; species mostly mud-eating. bys feeth in asingle senesi sd. Oi. seoh cid he eae gemma en 2. Heterandria. bz) Meeth)in qore: thamone Series: *. 245 onto e e skasts, suet 3. Mollienisia. 1. Fundulus Lacépéde. Killifish. Body rather elongate, some- times chubby; compressed behind; eyes large; teeth in 2 or more series Fic. 45.—Fundulus diaphanus (from Jordan & Evermann). in each jaw, and pointed; air bladder present: many species, mostly American, living in fresh and brackish water and arms of the sea; about 8 species in the United States. ; F. heteroclitus (L.). Common killifish; mummichog. Length 75 to 150 mm.; head 3.5; depth 3.6; color of male greenish, sometimes orange below; sides with many narrow, silvery bars made up of spots, besides many scattered spots; median fins dark with pale spots; females plain; dorsal fin 11; anal ro or 11; scales 35 to 38-13: Gulf of St. Lawrence to Mexico; very common in shallow water along the sea shore and in the mouths of streams. , F. parvipinnis Girard. Length too mm.; head 3.5; depth 3.7; dorsal fin with 13, anal with 11 rays; color light green, with about 20 etait die Wis FISHES 95 short dark cross bars: coast of California from Point Conception to Lower California; often very common. F. similis (Baird and Girard). Length 150 mm.; rays of dorsal fin t1 to 13, of anal 13; scales 33-11; color olivaceous, with 10 to 15 dark side bars; body slender; snout very long: coastal waters of the Gulf States, in brackish water; very common. F. diaphanus (LeSueur) (Fig. 45). Length roo mm.; head 4; depth 4.8; color olivaceous; sides silvery, with about 20 dark vertical bars; rays of dorsal fin 13; anal 11; scales 45-15; body rather slender: eastern and central States from Maine to Cape Hatteras; westward to Colorado; Great Lakes and tributaries; common in streams and ponds; also in the mouths of rivers. Subspecies of F. diaphanus F. d. menona Jordan & Copeland. Rays of dorsal fin 12; anal 10; scales 48-12; bars very distinct; back spotted: Ohio River to the Mississippi. F. rathbuni Jordan & Meek. Length 65 mm.; head 3.8; depth 4.5; color pale green, with small irregular oblong dark brown spots scattered over head and body; rays of dorsal and anal fins 11; scales 38-12: eastern North Carolina; common; not in salt water. F. albolineatus Gilbert. Length 85 mm.; head 3.3; depth 3.6; color dark brown; sides plumbeous, with whitish streaks in males and narrow black lines in females; rays of dorsal and anal fins ro or 11; scales 42: Tennessee basin in Alabama. F. majalis (Walbaum). Mayfish; killifish. Length 150 mm., being the largest of the genus; head long; color olivaceous, with about 12 dark bars; a black spot on the dorsal fin; dorsal with 12, anal 10 rays; scales 36 in the lateral line: Cape Cod to Florida; common in shallow bays. 2. Plancterus Garman. Intestine long and convoluted; pha- ryngeals very small: 2 species. P. kanse Gar. Length 75; head 3.5; depth 4.5; color greenish above; sides silvery, tinged with yellow and with 14 to 18 dark vertical bars; rays of dorsal fin 14 to 15; anal 13 or 14; scales 60-21: South Dakota to western Iowa, Texas and New Mexico; common in tributaries of the upper Arkansas. 3. Xenisma Jordan. Dorsal fin inserted over anterior part of anal; scales small, 50 in the lateral line; colors brilliant: 2 species. X. catenatus (Storer). Length 150 mm.; head 4; depth 4.5; color bluish or greenish, with an orange spot on each scale forming thus 96 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES regular lines; rays of dorsal fin 14; anal 15; scales 50: Tennessee and Cumberland Rivers and in the Ozark region, in mountain streams; abundant. X. stellifer Jordan. Length too mm.; head 3.75; depth 5; color blue above, silvery below, with large orange spots irregularily placed; rays of dorsal and anal fins 13; scales 53: Alabama River basin. 4. Zygonectes Agassiz. Dorsal fin small, with 7 to 11 rays, inserted behind the anterior border of the anal fin; scales large, 29 to 40 in the lateral line; size small: about to species. Z. cingulatus (Cuvier and Valenciennes). Length 75 mm.; head 3-25; depth 3.75; color dark olivaceous, with a dark orange spot on each scale posteriorly; faint narrow orange bars along the lower and hinder part of the body; rays of dorsal fin 7 or 8; anal 8 or g; scales 32-11 or 12: streams and swamps of eastern Florida. Z. sciadicus (Cope). Length 65 mm.; head 3.5; depth 3.2; color uniform olivaceous; rays of dorsal fin 10; anal 12; scales 39-13: eastern Nebraska and South Dakota to Colorado; common in grassy streams. Z. chrysotus (Holbrook). Length 50 mm.; head 3.5; depth 3.8; color light olive brown; sides with about 14 indefinite half-bars; rays of © dorsal fin g; anal 11; scales 32 or 33-12: coastwise swamps from South Carolina to Florida. Z. cingulatus (Cuvier & Valenciennes). Head 3.5; depth 3.75; color olivaceous, with fine dots; scales edged with dusky, forming a few faint longitudinal stripes; about 15 dark vertical bars; fins red; rays of dorsal fin 7; anal 8; scales 34-10: South Carolina to Florida, in coast- wise Swamps. Z. notiit Agassiz. Length 35 mm.; head 3.6; depth 4.5; color silvery, with 6 narrow jet-black lines from head to tail, these being crossed by about 12 cross bars; cheeks orange; rays of dorsal fin 7 or 8; anal g or 10; scales 36-10: Florida to South Carolina. Z. guitatus Ag. Head 3.75; depth 5; color orange brown; each scale with a black edge, these forming longitudinal stripes, but not con- fluent; cheeks orange; rays of dorsal fin 6 or 7; anal 8 or g; scales 36-12: Florida to Texas. Z. dispar Ag. (Fig. 46). Length 65 mm.; head 3.75; depth 3.5; color bluish or greenish in life, with a blue patch under the eye, female with to distinct longitudinal brownish lines; males with about 7 lon- gitudinal rows of small brown spots and g dark cross bars; rays of dorsal fin 7; anal g; scales 35-10: Michigan to Arkansas; southward to Mississippi; common in sluggish streams. FISHES 97 Z. notatus (Rafinesque). Top minnow. Length 75 mm.; head 4; depth 4.5; color brownish olive, with a broad dark band running from the tip of the snout to the tail; back dotted; rays of dorsal fin 9; anal 11; scales 34-11: Michigan to Alabama and Texas; common. 5. Lucania Girard. Body elliptical, compressed; lower jaw pro- jecting and prominent, the mouth being short and oblique; each jaw with a single series of teeth; scales very large; dorsal fin above or in advance of the anal: 4 species of very small fishes in the coastwise swamps of the southern States. Fic. 46.—Zygonectes dispar: a, male; b, female (from Fishes of Illinois). L. ommata (Jordan). Length 20 mm.; head 3.3; depth 5; straw- color, the male with 5 or 6 dark bars, the female with a jet-black spot just in front of the anal fin and a larger spot at the upper part of the base of the tail; rays of the dorsal fin 6 or 7; anal g or 10; scales 26 to 28-9; body slender; eyes large: swamps of Florida; scarce; one of the smallest known fishes. L. goodei Jord. Length 40 mm.; head 4; depth 4.25; color olivace- ous, with a distinct black band running from the snout to the tail where it ends in a round spot; rays of dorsal and anal fins g; scales 29 to 32-7: Everglades region; common. L. parva (Baird & Girard). Rain-water fish. Length 45 mm.; head 3.25; depth 3.25; color olive; fins in male orange tipped with black; dorsal fin with a large black spot at its base and with 10 to 12 rays; 98 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES anal with to or 11; scales 26-8: Atlantic coast from Connecticut to Key West and Texas, near the shore and in brackish pools; very common towards the south. 6. Cyprinodon Lacépéde. Body short, deep, elliptical, the back elevated; mouth small; teeth tricuspid, in a single series; scales very large; dorsal fin high and in advance of the anal: 9 species, in brackish waters of the southern States and Mexico. C. variegatus Lac. Length 75 mm.; head 3.25; depth 2; color of male olivaceous, blue above; color of anterior portion of the sides and of belly salmon; tail with a black bar at base and tip; female light olive, with about 14 cross streaks; rays of dorsal fin 11; anal 10; scales 25-12. Cape Cod to the Rio Grande, in brackish waters and the mouth of streams; very common. we 7. Jordanella Goode.& Bean. Body short, deep, compressed; back elevated; mouth small; teeth in a single series; dorsal fin long; scales large; tail rounded; viviparous: 1 species. J. floride G. & B. Length 65 mm.; head 3.5; depth 2 to 2.5; color olivaceous, with a blue stripe along each series of scales, and 4 or 5 vague vertical bars; rays of dorsal fin I, 14 to 16; anal I, rr to Ege scales 25 to 27-11 or 12: streams and swamps of Florida; common. Family 2. Poecilliide.—Top minnows; mosquito fish. Anal fin of male modified to form an intromittant organ; all species vivipar- ous: many species, all in tropical and subtropical America. 1. Gambusia Poey. Top minnow. Body elongate; mouth small; scales large, anal fin in male very long and slender and modified to form a long intromittant organ; ventral fins near the pectorals; dorsal fin behind the anal; viviparous: about 12 species of small fish in fresh waters of the southern States, West Indies, Central America, and Mexico; 2 species in the United States. G. patruellis (Baird & Girard) (Fig. 47). Length 50 mm. (female); male much smaller; head 3.6; depth 4; color light olive, each scale edged with darker; a very narrow, often indefinite, lateral stripe; rays of dorsal fin 7; anal 10; scales 30-9: marshes of the South Atlantic and Gulf coasts from Delaware to Mexico and northward to Kentucky, Tennessee and southern Illinois in the Mississippi Valley; in brackish and fresh water; very common in the south; celebrated as mosquito- larvee devourers. G. holbrooki Girard. Similar to G. patruellis. Length 60 mm.; head 4; depth 3.8; rays of dorsal fin 8, of anal ro or 11; scales 30-9: swamps and ditches, New Jersey to Florida; useful as a destroyer of mosquitoes; introduced for this purpose into many European countries. FISHES 99 2. Heterandria Agassiz. Top minnow. Body rather stout; mouth very small; both jaws with a single series of teeth; scales large; anal fin in advance of the dorsal, and in the male modified to form an intromittant organ; viviparous: 6 species of very small fish in swamps in the southern States, West Indies and Mexico; 2 species in the United States. ; H. formosa Ag. Length 20 to 25 mm.; head 3.5; depth 3.75; color brownish olive, with a wide black lateral band crossed by 6 to g vertical bars; a black spot on the dorsal and anal fins; rays of dorsal fin 7; anal 6 to g; scales 24 to 28: South Carolina to Florida; very common in swamps and ditches, often in company with Gambusia patruellis; one of the smallest of known fishes. Fic. 47.—Gambusia patruellis: a, male; b, female (from Fishes of Illinois). H. occidentalis Baird & Girard. Length 65 mm.; head 3.5; depth 4; color brownish, dotted with black, with a black lateral stripe; rays of dorsal fin 7 or 8; anal 9 or 10; scales 29-8: southern Arizona; common in springs and ditches. 3- Mollienisia LeSueur. Body rather stout; mouth small; both jaws with a narrow band of small teeth; scales large; anal fin behind the dorsal and modified in the male to form an intromittant organ: 4 species in the southern States and Mexico; 1 species in the United States. M. latipinna LeS. Length 75 mm.; head 3.5 to 4; depth 2.5 to 3; color light green, in the male marbled with darker and spotted, with longitudinal lateral series of blackish spots; dorsal fin very long and in the male very elevated, exceeding the height of the body, translucent and with a series of spots; tail fin with round spots;.rays of dorsal fin 15 to 16; anal 8; scales 26-9 or 10: South Carolina to Mexico, in swamps and streams; very common. Family 3. Amblyopside.—The blindfishes. Body elongate, com- pressed behind; head long, depressed; mouth large; premaxillaries form- igele) VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES ing the entire margin of the upper jaw; head naked; tail fin pointed or rounded behind; scales small, cycloid, more or less imbedded so that the body appears naked; no lateral line; anus close behind the gills; fins spineless; ovary single; viviparous: 3 genera and 5 species; in small streams along our southern coast, and also in subterranean streams, these being blind and colorless. Key to the Genera of Amblyopsidz a, Eyes present and functional; ventral fin wanting. by. Nottactiletpa pill: present:|...2-27 2295.5.) cere eras eee 1. Chologaster. bs: Tactile papillse presents: .ciecn toi sete es een ee ce ee 2. Forbesella. aa Eyes concealed; colorless, subterraneous species. by Ventral: inrsvpresent.cAycer nd 2s. et paanis temas Sea) one 3. Amblyopsis. bat Wemtral firs swan eine’ esc: seen at eg ane eee east ee ..4. Troglichthys. 5. Typhlichthys. 1. Chologaster Agassiz. Body very slender; eyes present; no ven- tral fins; pyloric ceca 2: 1 species, in swamps and caves. Key to the Species of Chologaster and Forbesella a; Lateral papillary ridges absent. Dik hree namo: Mteralisttipest otcar.c 5 2 cat se hictercs ote oegoe C. cornutus. Do Bod yrwithout stripes ts Wateral lineincomplete:) si) 2.2... oe eee 14. Vaillantia. c2 Body hyaline and extremely slender and elongate. d; Premaxillanies not protractile:...... 2.2 .sasceentees 15. Crystallaria. dy Premaxillaries protractile. e; But tanal spine present... 1-4. eerie eae 17. Vigil. é> Two anal’ spies, presénitz vy. ..sneoe ree a 16. Ammocrypta. 18. Joa. be Top of the head between eyes not depressed but more or less strongly convex; premaxillaries never protractile; FISHES raig) belly with ordinary scales; ventral fins inserted close together. c; Lateral line complete. d,; Anal fin large, approaching the soft portion of the CHOESUIM SESE ee oes” 5, Jha cscs dee bs oe ee 19. Poecilichthys. d, Anal fin small, much smaller than the soft dorsal...20. Nanostoma. 21. Nothonotus. co Lateral line more or less incomplete. d, Gill membranes not connected...................22. Oligocephalus. d. Gill membranes broadly connected across the isthmus. OieAnalspimesyors Wn ache Sacer en eae a CL OMIGOLEL, 24. Catonotus. 26. Hololepis. e> Butz anal spimespresent. 20. .24... 24a). ss 3 125. Lsychromasier, 28. Alvarius. Cgeluatera! lime wamtine ase aeer Aa nA Sama a 25 oes MM vcroperaa. 1. Percina Haldeman. Body slender, elongate, slightly com- pressed; midventral line with enlarged plates, which may fall off leaving a naked strip; caudal margin concave; mouth overhung by snout; teeth on vomer and palatines; lateral line continuous; air bladder and pseudobranchiz rudimentary: 2 species. P. caprodes (Rafinesque). Log-perch. Length 200 mm.; head 4 to 4.7; depth 5 to 6.5; color yellowish green, with about 15 black transverse bars extending from the back to the belly and alternating with shorter ones; a round spot at the base of the tail fin; rays of dorsal fin XIII to XV-12 to 17; anal II, 9 to 12; scales 9-90 to 95-15: Great Lakes region to North Carolina, Mississippi and the Rio Grande; in Atlantic coastal streams southward to North Carolina; in large, clear streams; generally common. P. rex Jordan & Evermann. Length 150 mm.; head 4; depth 4.6; scales 11-83 to 85-19; anterior dorsal fin with a broad orange band towards the margin: Roanoke River; rare. 2. Alvordius Girard. Black-sided darters. Body very small, elongate, cylindrical, brightly colored, but without any red or blue, and with a series of large dark more or less confluent blotches along the lateral line and rounded blotches on the back; mouth terminal; teeth on jaws and vomer and usually the palatines; midventral area with enlarged scales, or with large plates which in most species may be shed, leaving the belly naked; fins large; ventral fins well separated: about Q species. A. evermanni (Mcenkhaus). Length too mm.; head 4; depth 5; color olive, marbled; sides with 13 or 14 blotches; rays of dorsal fins 118 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES XITI-14; anal II-12; scales 8-69-8 to 12; cheeks and opercles scaly: northern Indiana and Illinois; rare. A. phoxocephalus (Nelson). Length too mm.; head 4; depth 5.5 to 6; color yellowish brown, with the lateral blotches elongate; cheek and opercle scaly; rays of dorsal fins XI or XII-12 to 14; anal II, 8 or 9; scales 12-68-14; head very long and slender; a strong opercular spine; pyloric ceca 2: Ohio to Iowa; southward to Tennessee and Oklahoma; in sandy rivers; locally common. A. macrocephalus (Cope). Length 75 mm.; head 3.5 to 4; depth 6 or 7; color light brown, with 9 spots on the side; rays of dorsal fins XV-12 to 14; anal II, 9 to 11; scales 11-77-15; cheek naked or with PERLE ROP aIN FD) NO f 3 +} ase y ‘ t Nasa Ln ONY PO Oo ales Rage a Ra ¢ \\ \\ my \\\ WY Nt WAN: 3 ‘ a Fic. 56.—Alvordius maculatus (from Jordan & Evermann). rudimentary scales; opercle with small cycloid scales; a small spot at the base of the tail fin: west slope of the Alleghenies, from Pennsyl- vania southwards; in clear rivers; scarce; not in brooks. A. maculatus Girard (Fig. 56). Length 100 mm.; head 4; depth 5 or 6; color yellowish or greenish, with about 7 elongate blotches along the sides; rays of dorsal fins XIII to XV-11 to 13; anal II, 8 to 10; scales 9-65-17; cheek with small scales, opercle with larger ones; pyloric ceca 3: Great Lakes to Manitoba; eastward and southward to the James, the Ohio Valley and to Arkansas; common in clear streams; common in small brooks. A. peltatus (Stauffer). Length too mm.; head 4; depth 5.6; color light yellow, with 6 large, squarish lateral blotches and faint bars between; cheek naked; opercle scaled above; rays of dorsal fins XII-12; anal II, 8; scales 6-52 to 56-9: southeastern Pennsylvania to South Carolina, in coastwise streams; locally common. A. ouachite (Jordan & Gilbert). Length 60 mm.; head 4; depth 6.5; color olivaceous, with about 5 rather black bars extending downward from the back to the lateral line and 8 or 9 dusky quadrate lateral blotches; rays of dorsal fins XI or XII-13; anal II, 10; scales 6-52 to 60-10: southern Indiana to Arkansas; not rare. FISHES 11g A. roanoka (Jordan & Jenkins). Length 60 mm.; head 4; depth - 4.75; color light yellow, with dark green markings and to or 11 vertical green lateral confluent bars; anterior dorsal fin with a median band of bright yellow; female pale; rays of dorsal fins X or XI-11; anal II, 8 or 9; scales 5-48-9; body robust: southern Virginia and North Carolina; common. 3. Ericosoma Jordan. Similar to Alvordius, but without palatine teeth; ventrals not widely separate; males with lower fins tuberculate in the spring: 1 species. E. evides (Jordan & Copeland). Length 75 mm.; head 4.3; depth 5.3; color extremely brilliant, olivaceous or yellow above, mottled with darker with about 7 broad transverse green (male) or black (female) bars extending from the back down the sides, connected by an orange- brown lateral line; rays of dorsal fins XI-10; anal II, 8 or 9; scales 9-52 to 67-9 to 11; cheeks not scaly: Indiana, in the Maumee and Wabash basins, to central Iowa; southward to Arkansas and North Carolina; often common. . 4. Serraria Gilbert. Similar to Alvordius, but with serrate preopercle: 1 species. S. sciera (Swain). Length 75 mm.; head 4 to 4.8; depth 5 or 6; color yellowish olive, everywhere vaguely blotched with black; top of head, dorsal anal and caudal fins black; preopercle serrate; cheeks and opercles scaly; gill membranes united; rays of dorsal fins XIII-13 or 14; anal II, 9; scales 7-65 to 70-17; fins very large: northern Indiana to Ten- nessee and Texas. 5. Hadropterus Agassiz. Like Alvordius, belly with a series of large persistent scales: 1 species. H. nigrofasciatus Agassiz. Length 150 mm.; head 4; depth 5; color dark olive; sides with 12 narrow vertical bars, confluent along the middle; no red or blue; body stout, compressed; fins large; dorsal fins XII-11 or 12; anal II, 9 or 10; scales 7-58-15: South Carolina to Louisi- ana, in larger clear streams; often common. 6. Swainia Jordan and Evermann. Gill membranes united; belly with ordinary scales; a conspicuous shoulder spot: 1 species. S. sqguamata (Gilbert & Swain). Length 125 mm.; body elongate; head 3.7; depth 5.5; color yellowish olive, with to broad dusky bars across the back, and an equal number along the lateral line; a conspicu- ous black shoulder spot; rays of the dorsal fins XIV-13; anal II, 10; scales 10-82-18; cheeks and opercle scaly; gill membranes broadly united across the isthmus: upper Tennessee River basin; rare. I20 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES 7. Hypohomus Cope. Like Swainia, but with gill membranes separate and no shoulder spot: 4 species. H. aurantiacus (Cope). Length 150 mm.; head 4.25; depth 6; color olive, with a row of confluent blotches along the side joined by a dark lateral band; chin and throat deep orange; rays of dorsal fins XV-15; anal IT, 11; scales 14-85-15: upper Tennessee basin. H. cymatotenia (Gilbert & Meek). Length 125 mm.; head 4 to 4.25; depth 5; body robust; color greenish, with fine dots and 2 pale streaks along the sides; a black spot at the base of the tail fin; rays of dorsal fins XII to XIV-12 to 14; anal II, 10; scales 7-64 to 70-12: southern Missouri. 8. Cottogaster Putnam. Body slender; snout blunt; scales ctenoid; midventral space naked anteriorly or with enlarged caducous scales; lateral line continuous; premaxillaries protractile: 2 species. fg: Vi Vp P » “WN * oS, ‘4 Ey, Ces Cas, Fic. 57.—Imostoma shumardi (from Fishes of Illinois). C. uranidea (Jordan & Gilbert). Length 50 mm.; head 3.5; depth 5.6; color greenish olive; back with 4 conspicuous broad black cross bands and 11 dark blotches below the lateral line; cheeks mostly naked; opercle scaly; rays of dorsal fins X or XI-13; anal II, 10 or 11; scales 6-48 to 56-10: southern Indiana to Alabama and Arkansas, in lowland streams. C. copelandi (Jordan). Length 75 mm.; head 3.75; depth 5.5 to 6.5; color brownish olive, with a series of small black blotches along the lateral line forming an interrupted lateral band; a black spot on the anterior dorsal fin; cheek naked; opercle with a few scales; rays of dorsal fins X to XII-1o to 12; anal II, 8 or g; scales 6-44 to 56-8: Lake Champlain to Lake Huron and southwestward to Tennessee and southern Missouri; abundant in central Indiana; in clear brooks. 9. Imostoma Jordan. Like Collogaster, but with scaly cheeks; midventral plates not enlarged: 3 species. I. shumardi (Girard) (Fig. 57). Length 75 mm.; head 3.4; depth 5; color dark, vaguely blotched with darker, with a large black spo att FISHES 1A the base of the anterior dorsal fin; caudal and pectoral fins barred; rays of dorsal fins IX to XI-13 to 15; anal II, ro to 12; scales 6-48 to 60-11: Manitoba to Kentucky and Arkansas; the Great Lakes region; common. to. Ulocentra Jordan. Darters. Body elongate; head short and thick; scales on belly like those on the sides; premaxillaries protractile; ventral fins close together: 6 species, several rare. U. histrio (Jordan & Gilbert). Length 50 mm.; head 4 to 4.25; depth 5 to 5.5; color very dark green, with 7 light dorsal cross bars usually alternating with bars beneath the lateral line; fins all barred; head naked; rays of dorsal fins X-13; anal II, 7; scales 6-52-11: southern Indiana and Kentucky to Arkansas; common. U. simotera (Cope). Length 75 mm.; head 4 to 4.6; depth 4 to 5; color green; sides with dark blotches; belly yellow; dorsal fins varie- gated; back spotted with red; rays of dorsal fins X-11; anal II, 7; scales 10-52-12; snout very short: western Virginia and eastern Ken- tucky to Alabama; very common in clear streams. U. longimana (Jordan). Length 60 mm.; head 4.4; depth 5; color green, with to small irregular spots on the sides and about 5 cross blotches on the back; cheeks and breast naked; opercles scaly; rays of dorsal fins X-13; anal II, 8; scales s-44-7: Virginia; abundant in rocky streams. U. podostemona (Jordan & Jenkins). Length 50 mm.; head 4.4; depth 5.6; color yellowish green, with 7 or 8 dark spots along the sides and 5 or 6 larger ones along the back; fins barred; cheeks and breast naked; opercles scaly; rays of dorsal fins X-12; anal IT, 8; scales 4-35-8: Roanoke River; common. 11. Doration Jordan. Similar to Boleosoma, but with an incom- plete lateral line and with 2 anal spines: 1 species. D. stigmea (Jord.). Length 60 mm.; head 4.25; depth 5; color olivaceous, speckled above; sides with 8 dark green blotches below the lateral line; rays of dorsal fins X to XIII-12; anal II, 7; scales 5-46 to 55-10; opercle and cheek scaly; lateral line incomplete: Tennessee and Georgia to Arkansas and Louisiana; rather common in pine woods. 12. Etheostoma Rafinesque. Body slender; head very blunt; mouth very small, inferior; premaxillaries protractile; gill membranes joined across the isthmus: 1 species. E. blennioides Rafinesque. Green-sided darter (Fig. 58). Length 125 mm.; head 4.5; depth 4.75-6; color olive green; sides with about 8 double transverse bars and dotted with orange; second dorsal and anal fins bluish green; rays of dorsal fins XII to XIV-12 to 15; anal II, E22 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES 8 or g; scales 6-58 to 78-14: Michigan to the Alabama basin and Kansas; common. 13. Boleosoma DeKay. Body elongate; head pointed; premaxil- laries protractile; vomer teeth present; scales large; belly with ordinary Fic. 58.—Etheostoma blennioides (from Fishes of Illinois). scales; ventral fins well separated; anal fin with but one spine; no red or blue in the coloration; pyloric ceca mostly 6: 5 species. B. nigrum (Rafinesque). Johnny darter (Fig. 59). Length 60 mm.; head 4.2; depth 5 or 6; color pale olivaceous; back speckled with brown; sides with numerous small black blotches; males in spring PASO Ne Es RO eee See S) Pe wy, \. Fic. 59.—Boleosoma nigrum (from Jordan & Evermann). black anteriorly; opercles scaly; rays of dorsal fins [X-12; anal I, 7 to g; scales 5-44 to 55-9; scales rarely 35 to 4o: eastern and central States; western Pennsylvania to Colorado; Oklahoma to Manitoba; very com- mon in most streams, especially in small ones among weeds. Subspecies of B. nigrum B. n. olmstedi (Storer). Length 85 mm.; soft dorsal fin with 13 to 15 rays; cheek scaly: coastwise streams; south to Virginia. B. n. effulgens (Girard). Cheek and breast naked; color metallic green: Maryland to North Carolina. B. n. vexillare Jord. Cheek naked; rays of dorsal fins VIII or [X-10 to 12; anal I, 7; scales 4-35 to 47-6: Virginia; common. FISHES 123 B. n. maculaticeps Cope. Head spotted; cheek naked: Catawba River, North Carolina; common. B. susane Jordan & Swain. Length 50 mm.; head 4; depth 65.; color as in B. nigrum; rays of dorsal fins VIII-1o or 11; anal I, 8; scales 4-45 to 50-6; head naked; body very slender: upper Cumberland River, Kentucky; common. 14. Vaillantia Jordan. Similar to Boleosoma, but with incomplete lateral line: 1 species. V. camura (Forbes). Length 60 mm.; head 4 to 4.5; depth 5.5 to 6.5; color as in B. nigrum; rays of dorsal fins IX or X-1o or 11; anal I, 7 or 8; scales 5 or 6-56 to 65-11; lateral line ending near middle of body; cheek and opercle scaly: Indiana to Iowa; southward to Alabama and Texas; common towards the south. Fic. 60.—Vigil pellucidus (from Fishes of Illinois). 15. Crystallaria Jordan & Gilbert. Body elongate and very slender and hyaline; lateral line complete; cheek and opercle scaly; tail forked; but 1 anal spine; premaxillaries not protractile; throat and belly naked: 1 species. C. asprella (Jordan). Length too mm.; eyes very large; head 4 to 4.5; depth 7 or 8; color olive, mottled, with 4 or 5 dark cross bands on the back and a dark lateral band; rays of dorsal fins XII to XIV-13 to 15; anal I, 12 to 14; scales 7 to 10-98-10 (83 to 85 in specimens from Alabama): southern Indiana and Illinois to Alabama and Arkansas, in swift streams. 16. Ammocrypta Jordan. Similar to Crystallaria, but with very - protractile premaxillaries: 1 species, which has the habit of burying itself in the sand. A. beani Jord. Length 60 mm.; head 3.75; depth 7.5; color trans- lucent, without bars or spots; anterior dorsal fin spotted; rays of dorsal fins VIII to X-10 or 11; anal I, 9 or 10; scales 65; head and body naked, except the caudal peduncle: Alabama to Louisiana; common in pine woods. 17. Vigil Jordan. Body very elongate, slender and_ hyaline; belly almost bare; premaxillaries protractile; anal spine single: 3 species, which bury themselves in the sand. I24 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES V. pellucidus (Baird). Sand darter (Fig. 60). Length 75 mm.; head 4 to 4.75; depth 7 to 8.5; body translucent; nose very sharp; a series of small spots along the back and another along each side; cheek and opercle scaly; rays of dorsal fins X-10; anal I, 8 to 10; scales 67 to 78: Lake Erie to Minnesota; southward to Kentucky and Texas; common in clear, sandy streams. V. vivax (Hay). A dusky bar across the base of the soft dorsal fin: Mississippi to Arkansas and Texas. 18. Ioa Jordan & Brayton. Similar to Vigil, but with 2 spines in the anal fin: 2 species. I. vitrea (Cope). Length 50 mm.; head 4 to 4.5; depth 7 to 7.5; color translucent, with small dark spots on the back and sides; rays of dorsal fins VII to [X-11 to 14; anal II, 6 to 9; scales 50 to 62; belly partly naked: eastern Virginia and North Carolina; common. 19. Poecilichthys Agassiz. Body elongate and brightly colored; belly with ordinary scales; gill membranes broadly joined across the isthmus; premaxillaries not protractile; ventral fins well separated: I species. P. variatus (Kirtland). Body moderately elongate; head short and blunt and very rugose; length roo mm.; head 3.5 to 4.4; depth 4.8 to 5.5; color greenish; sides and belly orange, with 5 bands posteriorly; anterior dorsal fin with a blue band; female paler; fins very large; rays of dorsal fins XIT to XIV-1zr to 13; anal Il, 7 to 9; scales 8-51 to Oz-1230hio basin to Arkansas; rare. 20. Nanostoma Putnam.—Similar to Poecilichthys, but with a small anal fin, much smaller than the soft part of the dorsal: 7 species. N. swannanoa (Jordan & Evermann). Body robust; length 75 mm.; head 4.3; depth 6; head naked, very short and blunt; color green, with 6 distinct dark cross blotches on the back and 8 or 1o on the sides; cheeks, opercles and breast naked; rays of dorsal fins XI or XII-12 to 14; anal II, 9; scales 6-48 to 57-7 or 8: upper waters of the Tennessee River; common. N. thalassinum (Jordan & Brayton). Length 60 mm.; head 3.6; depth 4.75 to 5; color dark green, blotches above and with 6 to g dark vertical bars; dorsal fins reddish; females duller; head and throat naked; rays of dorsal fins IX to XI-1o to 12; anal II, 7 or 8; scales 5-40 to 48-7: Santee River basin; very abundant. N. zonale (Cope) (Fig. 61). Body slender; length 75 mm.; head 4 or 5; depth 5 or 6; color olivaceous, with large dorsal spots which connect with a lateral band from which 8 bands encircle the belly; rays of dorsal fins X or XI-1o0 to 12; anal II, 6 to 8; scales 6-48 to 53-9; cheeks, FISHES 125 opercles and throat more or less scaly: Mississippi Valley, from Ohio to Iowa; southward to Alabama and Louisiana; abundant; very variable. 21. Nothonotus Agassiz. Similar to Poecilichthys, but with the ventral fins close together at the base and with the gill membranes scarcely joined across the isthmus: 7 species. N. camurus (Cope). Blue-breasted darter. Body stout; length 60 mm.; head 4; depth 4.5; color dark olive, sprinkled with crimson dots; throat and breast deep blue; posterior dorsal, anal and caudal fins crimson, bordered by yellow and blue; rays of dorsal fins XI-13; anal II, 8; scales 7-50 to 58-8; cheeks and opercles naked; body stout; head blunt: Indiana and Ohio to Tennessee, in swift waters; not common. Fic. 61.—Nanostoma zonale (from Fishes of Illinois). N. maculatus (Kirt.). Body elongate with a large tail fin; length 60 mm.; head 4; depth 5.25; color black above, olive below; throat blue; back and sides with crimson dots; anterior dorsal fin with a black spot; tail fin with 2 crimson spots at the base; cheeks naked; opercles scaly; rays of dorsal fins XII-12 or 13; anal II, 8 or 9; scales 9-56 to 63-14: northern Ohio and Indiana to northern Alabama and Tennessee: rare. N. cinereus (Storer). Body slender; length 100 mm.; head 3.5; depth 5.5; color light yellow, with 4 dark cross bars on the back and a series of about 12 dark spots along the lateral line; rays of dorsal fins XT or XIJ-11 to 13; anal II, 8; scales 8-57 to 60-9; opercles scaly; cheeks, breast and nape naked: Tennessee and Cumberland Rivers; rare. N. rufilineatus (Cope). Body stout; length 75 mm.; head 4; depth 4.5 to 5; color green, with narrow longitudinal stripes and quadrate red spots on the sides; breast blue; opercles scaly; cheeks, nape and breast naked; fins variegated, all bordered with scarlet; rays of dorsal fins X to XII-11 to 13; anal II, 8 or 9; scales 6-45 to 48-7: upper tributaries of the Tennessee, Cumberland and Green Rivers; very common. N. jordani (Gilbert). Similar to NV. rufilineatus; color olivaceous, with 8 black cross bars on the back and g or to irregular blotches on the side; nape and opercles scaly; cheeks and breast naked; shoulder with an enlarged black scale: tributaries of the Coosa River, Alabama; common. 126 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES 22. Oligocephalus Girard. Body elongate and brightly colored; lateral line more or less incomplete; ventrals close together at the base; gill membranes not joined across the isthmus; anal spines 2:7 species. O. exilis (Girard). Length 50 mm.; body slender; head 3.8; depth 4 to 5.5; color light green, blotches with darker; sides with 1o or 11 large brown spots alternating with black ones; cheeks, opercles and nape scaly; top of head and breast naked; rays of dorsal fins VII to X-1o or 11; anal II, 6 to 8; scales 5-55 to 63-11: Michigan, Iowa and Nebraska, and northward into Canada; common. O. jessie (J. & B.). Length 45 mm.; head 4; depth 4.75; cheeks and opercles scaly; color brownish, with a light lateral band, above and below which are light spots; rays of dorsal fins X to XII-12 to 14; anal II, 7 to 9; scales 6-47 to 55-8: Michigan to Iowa; southward to Missis- sippi and Texas; common. O. luteovinctus (Gilbert & Swain). Body compressed; length 50 mm.; head 3.6; depth 4.5 to 5; color light olive, with 7 cross bars; sides with 9 greenish blotches alternating with yellowish bands; cheeks and opercles scaly; rays of dorsal fins [X or X-13; anal II, 7 or 8; scales 6-49 to 55-11; tail very slender: Stone River, Tennessee; rare. O. ceruleus (Storer). Rainbow darter. Body stout; length 60 mm.; head 3.75; depth 4.25; color olivaceous, blotched with darker; sides with about 12 oblique blue bars with orange between; cheeks blue; breast and throat orange; fins mostly orange and blue; rays of dorsal fins X-12 to 14; anal II, 7 or 8; scales 5-37 to 50-10; neck and breast naked: valleys of the Mississippi and Great Lakes and southwestward to Texas; very common in small streams. O. punctulatus (Agassiz). Body slender; length 50 mm.; head 3.3; depth 5.75; color dark green, with indistinct darker bars; head punctu- late; belly red; a black spot on shoulder; rays of dorsal fins X or XI-14; anal IT, 8 or 9; scales 9-63 to 80-16; breast, cheeks and opercles naked: Ozark region; not common. O. cragini (Gilb.). Length 40 mm.; head 3.3; depth 4.75; color oliva- ceous, mottled; lower half of sides specked with black; sides with a series of small spots; a conspicuous shoulder spot; cheeks and opercles naked; rays of dorsal fins VIII or [X-r1o to 12; anal II, 6 or 7; scales 6-46 to 55: western portion of Arkansas River basin, in Colorado; in small brooks; the only darter reaching the base of the Rockies. 23. Claricola Jordan and Evermann. Similar to Oligocephalus, but with the gill membranes broadly joined across the isthmus (except in C. squamiceps), and with a large black shoulder scale: 4 species. FISHES 127 C. whipplii (Girard). Body rather deep, compressed; length 60 mm.; head 3.5; depth 4.5 to 5; color grayish, mottled with darker and about 12 indistinct dusky bars; sides with small scarlet spots and 2 orange spots at the base of the tail fin; a black shoulder spot; rays of dorsal fins XI-11 or 12; anal II, 7 or 8; scales 8-60 to 70; lateral line incomplete; opercles with a few large scales: lower Arkansas basin; common. C. squamiceps (Jordan). Body robust; length 75 mm.; head 3 to 4; depth 4.25 to 5; color dusky olive, with about to diffuse blackish cross bands; a pinkish streak along the lateral line; no red or blue; cheeks, opercles, nape and breast usually scaly; rays of dorsal fins VIII to XI-9 to 12; anal II, 7 or 8; scales 6-48 to 60-12: southern Indiana to Georgia and western Florida; common southward. 24. Catonotus Agassiz. Similar to Claricola, but with a projecting lower jaw: I species. N. flabellaris (Raf.). Fan-tailed darter. Body slender; head long and pointed; length 60 mm.; head 3.5 to 4; depth 4.5 to 5.5; color rather dark, body covered with fine specks which form dark cross blotches in the male; a conspicuous shoulder spot; no red or blue; rays of dorsal fins VIII-12 to 14; anal II, 7 to 9; scales 7-50-7; lower jaw strongly pro- jecting; head naked; tail fin large: New England to northern Alabama; westward to Iowa; abundant in swift waters; variable. Subspecies of C. flabellaris C. f. lineolatus (Agassiz). Longitudinal lines of dark dots present: northern Indiana and Missouri to Minnesota. C. f. cumberlandicus (Jordan & Swain). Coloration plain, except for the black shoulder spot: Cumberland Mountains. 25. Psychromaster Jordan & Evermann. Body robust; a single anal spine present; the top of the head scaly; lateral line curved and incomplete: 1 species. P. tuscumbia (Gilbert & Swain). Body heavy and robust, with an elevated back; length 50 mm.; head 3.5; depth 4; color grayish or greenish, mottled or speckled with black; 6 broad dorsal bars and 8 or 10 black blotches along the lateral line; fins barred; cheeks and opercles scaly; rays of dorsal fins [X or X-11 to 13; anal I, 8; scales 6-48 to 50-10: ‘northern Alabama; abundant. 26. Hololepis Agassiz. Lateral line incomplete, being strongly curved upward anteriorly; gill membranes not joined; ventral fins close together at the base: 2 species. 128 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES H. barratti (Holbrook). Body compressed, elongate; length 75 mm.; head 3.6; depth 4.6; color dark brown, with bright red and blackish mottlings on the sides and back; a small black shoulder spot; rays of dorsal fins IX to XII-9 to 12; anal II, 7; scales 3-48 to 56-10; cheeks, top of head, breast, nape and opercles scaly: Virginia to Florida, in swamps and lowland streams of the coastal plain; not common. H. fusiformis (Girard). Body elongate and compressed; length 50 mm.; head 4; depth 6; color very variable, olivaceous, blotched with dusky; a black spot below and another in front of the eye; rays of dorsal fins IX or X-g to 12; anal II, 6; scales 3-43 to 50-12; cheek, opercle and nape scaly: entire eastern and central States; westward to Minnesota and the Rio Grande, in lowland streams and ponds. 27. Microperca Putnam. No lateral line: 3 species. Key to the Species of Microperca and Alvarius ay Checks ama Opercles ‘SCaly.:. cts..2 2) terse ative iz oer one es nee M. prelaris. a2 Cheeks naked. bgeAnialrspimes 2s hemorkhwestss ac Mio. oh ars ee eee M. punctulata. boy Analispiners sinvtlne SOubLh te n-tAa cere ee os ee tee Bee A. fonticola. M. prelaris Hay. Length 40 mm.; head 4; depth 4.5; color olive, speckled with brown; to spots along the sides; rays of dorsal fins VIII, 11; anal II, 6; scales 36: Alabama to Arkansas, in lowland streams. M. punctulata Putn. Length 30 mm.; head 3.75; depth 4.5 to 5; color light olive, with sides speckled and vaguely barred; rays of dorsal fins VI or VII-10; anal II, 6; scales 34 to 37-9; cheeks, nape and breast naked; opercles with a few scales: Michigan to Minnesota; southward to Arkansas; common in clear weedy streams and ponds, especially in the Great Lakes basin; the smallest of the darters. 28. Alvarius Girard. Lateral line present anteriorly; dorsal fins short; anal spine single; head naked: 2 species. A. fonticola Jordan & Gilbert. Length 30 mm.; head 3.3 to 4; depth 4.5 to 5; color light olive, with 8 cross blotches on the back and horizontal lines on the sides; rays of dorsal fins VI to VII-8 to 10; anal I, 7; scales 34: Arkansas and Texas, in clear rocky streams; scarce. Family 6. Moronidz.—River bass. Body elliptical, more or less compressed; scales ctenoid; lateral line present; tail forked; branchi- ostegals normally 7; pseudobranchiz large; spines of anal fin 3; cheeks and opercles always scaly; teeth on vomers and palatines: about 70 genera and 400 species, mostly marine; 4 genera and species in fresh water, which are important food and game fishes. FISHES 129 1. Roccus Mitchill. Body deep and compressed; lower jaw pro- jecting; two separate dorsal fins present; teeth on the base of the tongue: I species. R. saxatilis (Walbaum). Striped bass. Length up to 1,500 mm.; weight up to oo lbs.; head 3.25 to 3.5; depth 3.5; color olivaceous, silvery, with 7 to 8 narrow longitudinal stripes on the middle and upper portions of the body; 2 patches of teeth at the base of the tongue; rays of dorsal fins IX-I, 12; anal III, 11; scales 8-67-11: Atlantic Ocean from New Brunswick to Louisiana, entering the rivers in the spring to spawn; occasionally in Lake Ontario; introduced into Cali- fornia; abundant. 2. Lepibema Rafinesque. Similar to Roccus, but with but one patch of teeth at the base of the tongue: 1 species. L. chrysops (Rafinesque). White bass. Length 375 mm.; head 3.5; depth 2.5; back with a high arch; color silvery, with about 6 narrow dark longitudinal stripes on the upper and middle portions of the body; 1 patch of teeth at the base of the tongue; rays of dorsal fins IX-I, 14; anal III, rz or 12; scales 10-55 to 65-15: Great Lakes region to Manitoba; southward in Mississippi Valley to Arkansas; in deeper waters; abundant. 3. Chrysoperca Fowler. Similar to Roccus; base of tongue tooth- less; the spinous and the soft dorsal fins joined, but slightly: 1 species. C. interrupta Gill. Yellow bass. Length 300 mm.; head 3; depth 2.6; color brassy yellow, with 7 distinct black longitudinal lines, those below the lateral line interrupted posteriorly; rays of dorsal fins [X-I, 12; anal III, 9 or 10; scales 7-50 to 54-11: lower Mississippi Valley, northward to the Ohio River and to central Indiana and Illinois; westward to the Kansas River; common towards the south in large rivers and lakes. 4. Morone Mitchill. Similar to Chrysoperca; dorsal fins well connected; longitudinal stripes faint: 1 species. M. americana (Gmelin). White perch. Length 250 mm.; head 3; depth 3; color dark olivaceous; sides silvery, usually with faint paler streaks; rays of dorsal fins IX-I, 12; anal III, 8 or g; scales 8-50 to 55-12: Atlantic Ocean; abundant in brackish pools and in river mouths, also often in fresh water ponds, from Nova Scotia to Florida. Family 7. Sciznidz.—The drums. Body compressed, more or less elongate; back elevated; scales ctenoid; lateral line continuous and extending on to the tail fin; premaxillaries protractile; dorsal fin single, deeply notched or separated into two fins; air bladder large and often complex, enabling the fish to make drumming sounds; no teeth I30 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES on the palatines, vomer, pterygoids or tongue; branchiostegals 7: about 30 genera and 150 species, mostly in warm seas; a few in fresh water, 1 in the United States. Aplodinotus Rafinesque. With the characters of the family: I species. A. grunniens Raf. Sheephead (Fig. 62). Length up to 1,100 mm.; weight up to 50 lbs.; head 3.3; depth 3; color silvery; dusky above; rays of dorsal fins IX-I, 25 to 30; anal II, 7; scales 9-55-13; lower pharyngeals very large, with blunt teeth; head scaly: Great Lakes mais ar == <3, "a ae 2S =e 20 Reo as eee a Hasse = = Cs om Fic. 62.—A plodinotus grunniens (from Jordan & Evermann). to Alabama and Texas, between the Alleghenies and the Great Plains; common in large streams and lakes; an inferior food fish in the north, but not in the south. Order 15. MHolconoti.—The surf fishes. Viviparous fishes with united pharyngeals, an increased number of vertebrae, cycloid scales and many rays in the soft dorsal and anal fins: 1 family. Family Embiotocidz.— Body elliptical, compressed cheeks, opercles and interopercles scaly; lateral line continuous; branchiostegals 5 or 6: 17 genera and about 20 species, all marine but one. Hysterocarpus Gibbons. Body ovate; back elevated; dorsal fin single, the spinous portion very long; anal fin very long: 1 species. H. traski Gibbons. Length too mm.; head 3.3; depth 2; color brown above; sides yellowish, with fine dots; throat and belly yellow; rays of dorsal fin XVI to XVIII, 11; anal III, 22: rivers of central California; locally abundant. Order 16. Cataphracti—The mailed cheeked fishes. Fishes with a bony process of the suborbital ring extending across the cheek to or towards the preopercle: 22 families, most of them marine, 1 in fresh water. FISHES 130 Family Cottide.—Sculpins. Body elongate, tapering backward from the broad head; body not uniformly scaled but either naked or armed with scales, bony plates or spines; lateral line present; ventral fins thoracic; dorsal fins either separate or connected; anal fins without spines; pseudobranchie present; air-bladder usually wanting: about 30 genera and go species, mostly marine; many species in fresh water. Key to the Fresh Water Genera of Cottide ET ULa bts Wik MACS OL GgEAVS areas cniyere etnies 4) sib «ae oe sv BRS 1. Cottus. Ae Men eraluins Waihimes SOlty DAYS wich artahi a a digcyndcis <6 hye. «vn ss e+ chen aah MORO DISTS. 1. Cottus L. Fresh-water sculpins. Body smooth, sometimes with prickles; preopercle with a spine at its angle and usually 2 or 3 spines below it; villiform teeth on the vomer, jaws and sometimes the palatines; gill openings separated by a wide isthmus; pectoral fins large; dorsal fins usually nearly or quite separate: numerous species, in the northern hemisphere. Key to the Species of Cottus a, Palatine bones with teeth; the two dorsal fins usually very slightly connected at base, or not at all. b; Anal rays 15 to 20. c; Vent midway between tip of snout and base of tail....... C. asper. C2 Vent nearer the tail than the tip of the snout...........C. gulosus. be Anal rays 11 to 13. c; In the far-western States. dianthe Columbia dRiver basi...) sc co. sas... +... G. rhotheus. C. bendirei. d; In the Rocky Mountain region.....................C. punctulatus. C. semiscaber. Coeln phereasten acd Centralsstates, 2... u.aatdh oaks e enc Se C. bairdi. C. ricei. a» Palatine bones without teeth. b,; In the Far-western States. ci: In the Klamath Lakes region, Oregon..................C. klamathensis. C. tenuis. Gmlnethe Golumibia iver Dasitiee se) cer eke res eee eee C. beldingi. Gs) In the Golorado: River basim............2: Vi jb td Eonar C. anne. Dyeinreastern and central States 525,08 ese sean C. cognotus. _C. asper Richardson. Length 300 mm.; head 3.25; depth 4.5; color grayish olive, mottled and spotted with blackish; prickles coarse and stiff; rays of dorsal fins IX or X, 19 to 21; anal 17 or 18: San Francisco Bay to Alaska; Cascade Range; abundant in cold streams. C. gulosus (Girard). Rifflefish. Length 150 mm.; head 3; depth 4.5; color grayish olive, mottled with darker; rays of dorsal fin VIII or 132 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES IX, 19 to 21; anal 16 to 18: southeastern Oregon; Coast Range, Cali- fornia, Sacramento River region; Alaska; very common. C. rhotheus Rosa Smith. Length too mm.; head 3; depth 4.5; color dark gray, spotted and mottled; rays of dorsal fins VII or VIII, 16 or 17; anal 11 or 12: Columbia River basin; common. C. punctulatus (Gill). Length 125 mm.; head 3; depth 4.75; color olivaceous, spotted with black and with 5 or 6 dark lateral cross bars; rays of dorsal fins VII or VIII, 17 or 18; anal 11 or 12: head waters of Green River, Wyoming; southeastern Oregon; common. C. semiscaber (Cope). Rocky Mountain bullhead. Length 100 mm.; head 3; depth 4.5; color gray, with inconspicuous cross bars on the sides; rays of dorsal fins VIII, 17 or 18; anal 12 or 13: New Mexico and Wyoming into Montana and Washington; common. Fic. 63.—Cottus bairdi (from Fishes of Illinois). C. bairdi Girard. Miller’s thumb (Fig. 63). Length 150 mm.; head 3.3; depth 4 to 6; color olivaceous, bared or speckled with darker; rays of dorsal fins VI to VIII, 16 or 17; anal about 12: middle or north- ern States from New York to the Dakotas; southward along the Alleghenies to Alabama; very common in clear brooks and lakes; very variable. C. ricet (Nelson). Length 60 mm.; head 3.6; depth 5.3; color olivaceous; finely speckled; rays of dorsal fin VIII, 17; anal 12: Great Lakes; in deep water only. C. klamathensis Gilbert. Length 130 mm.; head 3; depth 4 to 4.3; color brownish olive, much blotched with darker; rays of dorsal fin VII, 19; anal 14; the 2 dorsal fins broadly joined; lateral line very incom- plete; preopercle with a single short spine: Klamath Lakes, Oregon; very common. C. beldingii Eigenmann. Length too mm.; head 4; depth 5; color mottled black and white, with 6 blackish cross bars on the back, the first across the head behind the eyes; rays of dorsal fin VI to VIII, r5 to 18; anal rr to 13: abundant east of the Cascades, Columbia River basin. FISHES 133 C.anne Jordan and Sparks. Length 75 mm.;head 3.5;depth 5; color light gray, somewhat mottled; rays of dorsal fin VIT or VIII, 17 or 18; anal 12; mouth very small; preopercle with 1 blunt spine and no others: Colorado River basin; common. C. bendirei (Bean). Length 75 mm.; color dark brown, lighter on the throat and belly; rays of dorsal fins VIII, 16; anal, 12; palatines with teeth; preopercle with 4 spines: Columbia basin in Oregon and Idaho. C. tenuis (Evermann and Meek). Length 75 mm.; head 3.8; depth 7; color dark above and pale beneath; under side of head speckled; rays of dorsal fins VI-I, 17; anal 15; body very slender: Klamath Lakes, Oregon. C. cognatus Richardson. Head 3.5; depth 5; color olivaceous, mottled; upper edge of spinous dorsal fin red in life; rays of dorsal fins VIII, 16; anal 12: Great Lakes to New England and New York; West Virginia; Alaska; common. 2. Triglopsis Girard. Body and head slender; skin naked; lateral line chain-like; teeth on vomer, but not on palatines; a small distinct slit behind the last gill; preopercular spines 4: 1 species. T. thompsoni Girard. Length 75 mm.; head 3; depth 6 color oliva- ceous, with dark blotches; eyes very large; rays of dorsal fins VIII, 18; anal 15; dorsal fins separate; the soft dorsal and the anal fins very large: deep waters of the Great Lakes; not common. Order 17. Gobioidea.—Ventral fins thoracic, I, 4 or I, 5; pseudo- branchiz present; dorsal fins separate or united; dorsal spines few and weak; soft dorsal and anal long; caudal fin rounded: 2 families of marine fishes, with a few fresh water representatives. Family Gobiidze.—Gobies. Body mostly elongate, naked or cov- ered with ctenoid scales; ventral fins close together, usually united; no lateral line; no pyloric ceca: 600 species, a very few in fresh water; shore fishes in tropical regions. Dormitator Gill. Body scaled, short, robust; head scaled, broad, blunt and flat; mouth small, oblique; scales large; fins large: 1 species. D. maculatus (Bloch). Length 600 mm.; head 3.2; depth 3; color dark gray or brown with lighter spots; dorsal fins separate and with parallel black bands; rays of dorsal fins VII-I, 8 or 9; anal I, 9 or 10; scales 33: both coasts of America from North Carolina and Cape St. Lucas to Brazil, in fresh and brackish water. CLASS 2. AMPHIBIANS (AMPHIBIA; BATRACHIA)* The amphibians are cold-blooded vertebrates which, so far as the American species are concerned, are devoid of scales and other special integumental coverings and have no claws or nails on their digits. Their eggs are usually deposited in the water or in wet places where the young animals live, breathing by means of integumental gills, while they undergo a metamorphosis which transforms them into the more or less terrestrial adults. Amphibians occupy a place in the zoological system intermediate between fishes and reptiles, being physiologically like the former when young and the latter when adult. They resemble fishes and differ from the higher vertebrates chiefly in the possession of gill-slits and exclusively aquatic respiration during a part or all of their lives, by the absence of allantois and amnion, the possession of a single ventral aorta through which the blood leaves the heart, and of ten instead of twelve cranial nerves. They differ from fishes and resemble the higher verte- brates chiefly in the absence of dermal scales (except in the A poda), in the possession of pentadactyle limbs, of lungs, and a more or less terrestrial life-habit, and in the reduction of the bones of the head. History.—It has apparently been a difficult matter to fix the posi- tion of the amphibians in the zoological system. Linneus originated the term Amphibia, but included in it also reptiles, and many ganoid and cyclostomate fishes. This tendency to group amphibians and reptiles together existed also among subsequent authors for almost a hundred years, although Blainville as early as 1816 clearly indicated the proper relations of the two classes; the common group was called by some authors the Reptilia and by others the Amphibia, the posses- sion of scales being the distinctive feature which marked the former group. Milne-Edwards, Cope and Huxley were among the first authors to see matters more clearly, and to speak definitely of Amphibia and Reptilia as two distinct and equivalent classes. In recent times the systematic study of amphibians has attracted relatively few authors. G. A. and E. G. Boulenger have been among the most influential. In this country the most important have been Spencer F. Baird and Edward D. Cope, each of whom devoted a life-time to the study of the * Revised by Dr. E. R. Dunn. | 134 AMPHIBIANS 135 group. Cope’s Batrachia of North America is perhaps the most com- prehensive and fundamental single work treating it. Number and Distribution.—About 1,800 species of amphibians are known, of which 150 species are Caudata, or salamanders, and 1,600 species are Salientia, or frogs and toads. The burrowing, limbless Apoda, which are confined to tropical America, Africa and India, number about 50 species. The Caudata occupy principally the temper- ate and subtropical portions of Europe, Asia and America, penetrating only into the extreme northern parts of Africa, and not occurring at all in Australia and the East Indian archipelago. The Salientia inhabit the entire world, except the polar regions and the smaller oceanic islands. The amphibian fauna of the United States is very rich, a feature in which it parallels the distribution of other animal groups with a similar habitat, namely, fresh water fish and fresh water mollusks. A com- parison of the number of species of amphibians inhabiting New York State and Germany or Great Britain will illustrate the statement: in Germany the Caudata are represented by 4 species and in New York by 15; Great Britain possesses 3 species of Salientia, while New York has 13. Key to the Orders of Amphibia in the United States a: Body elongate with a tail which persists throughout life; SUE ATSIC ao ee er a eb 1. Caudata (p. 135). az Body of adult short and tailless; young with a long tail which disappears in the metamorphosis; frogs and toads. 2. Salientia (p. 156). Order 1. Caudata (Urodela).—Salamanders. Amphibians with an elongate body and usually two pairs of weak limbs. The vertebre are numerous and are accompanied by ribs. The skin is without scales and is very glandular, the secretion in some species being poisonous. The eyes are small and the eye-lids are not present in the lower forms. The ear is entirely internal, as in fishes, there being no tympanum or tympanic cavity. The body muscles have a conspicuously segmental arrangement, like those of fishes, the vertical grooves which separate the muscle segments of the trunk being usually easily seen on the outside of the body, and called the costal grooves (Fig. 72). Teeth may be present on the maxillaries, premaxillaries, vomers, pterygoids, parasphenoid and mandibles. The eggs are usually deposited in the water and the larve are aquatic, being provided with three pairs of external gills, which are expansions of the outer integument and not homologous to the gills of fishes. These gills disappear during the 136 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES metamorphosis, except in Necturus, Typhlomolge, Pseudobranchus and Siren. In some of the Plethodontide the greater part of the larval stage is spent in the egg and the young are terrestrial from the time of birth and without gills. The lower Caudata are aquatic animals throughout life, the higher ones are mostly terrestrial as adults, but must still live in moist places. The 150 species of Caudata are grouped in 2 suborders and are found mostly in the temperate parts of the northern hemisphere; about 99 species occur in North America and 69 species in the United States. On the Identification of Caudate Amphibia.—The descriptions of salmanders in this book apply to adult animals. The most important descriptive features are the shape and appearance of the body and its Fic. 64. Fic. 65. Fic. 64.—The naso-labial groove of Desmognathus fuscus, f, crescentic fold which closes the nostril when the head is submerged; gr, naso-labial groove which drains the nostril when the head emerges from the water; grl, labial groove; nl, orifices of glands (from Whipple). Fic. 65.—The ypsiloid cartilage of Triturus viridescens: l, pubis; y, ypsiloid cartilage; the other letters refer to muscles (from Whipple). color, the length of the body in millimeters, including the tail, the length of the tail, the number of costal grooves between the fore and hind limbs, the number of digits, and the position of the teeth, especially those of the vomers and parasphenoid. The naso-labial groove, a glandular groove passing from the nostril to the lip (Fig. 64), and the plantar tubercles, which are elevations on the palms and soles, are also often important. Several features of the internal structure are impor- tant in a full analysis of the various groups, although a knowledge of them is not usually necessary for the identification of species; these are the shape of the vertebra, the form and condition of the cranial bones and cartilages, the presence or absence of the lungs and of the cartilage which may lie in the ventral body wall just anterior to the pubis and is called the yvpsiloid cartilage (Fig. 65). AMPHIBIANS 137 Key to the Suborders of the Caudata SMa WOMaAlrs Olle me LESEME stiri ate) faye «lee! Sescelg = ohens eee 1. Mutabilia (p. 137). Ape DU ONE pal Ot LEGS PLESCUME. cai. -\.6oGfs0t 0lere) <) o/elove cum eieenctels 2. Meantes (p. 155). Suborder 1. Mutabilia.—Both pairs of limbs present; both jaws with teeth; a single ossification in the shoulder girdle: 7 families, grouped in 2 superfamilies. Key to the Superfamilies and Families of Mutabilia a; Prearticular and angular bones in lower jaw separate; adult with second epibranchial; female without spermatheca; feritimAbiOneeRLELMalisc eos «isin calmer faa Superfamily A. Cryptobranchidea. b, Large flattened, river dwelling forms; teeth on prevomer close to and parallel to those on maxilla............ 1. Cryptobranchide. ay Prearticular and angular bones fused; adult without second epibranchial; female with spermatheca; fertilization (UAH TUE hee ag A ae ee Ae Superfamily B. Salamandroidea. bs Smaller in size; more or less cylindrical forms; larve, if small, with 5 toes. c; Ypsiloid cartilage and lungs present; no naso-labial groove; no parasphenoid teeth. d, Vomerine teeth in 2 longitudinal rows, diverging posteriorly; costal grooves not marked........2. Pleurodelide. d. Vomerine teeth in transverse series; costal grooves TRREUTCU Ore Muertos SENS ete ates, ouclen a eles amhene Heras 3. Ambystomide. co Ypsiloid cartilage and lungs absent; naso-labial groove present in adults; parasphenoid teeth pres- EMU SURES Saye eet et ean eee nies eke A 4. Plethodontide. bs Eel-like in form, and of larger size; larve, if large, with 4 toes. Grelers animitte: withes tO.9 tOCS.s. acc s sicko. os ak « 5. Amphiumide. Cam liGes nomial eee ter cake Se erote Scum cle ecto ei stats’ 9s « 6. Proteide. Family 1. Cryptobranchidz.—Giant salamanders. Body stout and of large size; a pair of small gill-slits usually persistent; vertebre amphiccelous; carpus and tarsus cartilaginous; no eyelids; vomerine teeth form an arched series parallel with the jaws: 2 genera, one of which, Megalobactrachus, is found in China and Japan and contains but one species, M. japonicus (Hoeven), which grows to a length of 6 feet and is the largest salamander. Cryptobranchus F. S. Leuckart. Fore legs with 4 and hind legs with 5 toes each; gill slits always persistent: 1 species. C. alleganiensis (Daudin). Hellbender. Body dark brown in color; head and trunk depressed, tail compressed; prominent lateral fold present; length 480 mm.; tail 160 mm.: western New York and central Pennsylvania to Georgia and Louisiana; westward to Iowa; Mississippi drainage; Susquehanna; aquatic; often common. 138 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES Family 2. Pleurodelidze.—Body of medium size; teeth on the maxillaries and premaxillaries; vomerine teeth in 2 longitudinal series, converging anteriorly; vertebrae opisthoccelous; carpus and tarsus ossified; lungs and ypsiloid cartilage present; no naso-labial groove: about ro genera, all in the old world, one of which is represented in America. Triturus Rafinesque (Diemyctylus Raf.). Newts. Tongue at- tached by nearly its whole lower surface; digits 4-5: about 12 species in Europe. Asia and America, 4 species in the United States. These salamanders can float in water without swimming movements, because of their lungs. Key to the American Species of Triturus a; Species east of the Rockies. b; Red markings on the side of the body. c; Circular, black-edged red spots on the sides............T7. v. viridescens. c. A continuous or broken red line edged with black, on the SUG. force cae ee ae Ranch ak ae ec Rye Cag Smee T. v. symmetrica. by No red markings present; on the Gulf coastal plain........ T. louisianensis. Ao SPEClES WES. OF THE WROCKICS: ae aire site Wats thee adeeb aneyc te eee T. torosus. T. viridescens Raf. Spotted salamander; newt (Fig. 66). Body of adult elongate; tail with a prominent keel above and below; color olive green above, yellowish beneath, sprinkled everywhere with black dots except on the belly, and with a row of 2 to 6 or more round red black-edged spots on the side of the trunk; length 90 mm.; tail 44 mm.: eastern and central States and Canada, from Hudson Bay to Florida and Texas; westward to Wisconsin and Oklahoma; common. ‘The adult -3 animals are aquatic, living in ponds and streams containing vegetation. The eggs are few in number and are attached separately to vegetation. There are two larval stages, in the Fic. 66.—Inside the mouth of Triturus first of which the animal is aquatic, viridescens: I, inner nares; 2, vomerine with gills and the color of the adult, ae amemie aac and in the second it is terrestrial, without gills and bright red in color and smaller in size, but is spotted ( 90 Rogues. , e Te i es uwore ye one, AMPHIBIANS 139 like the. adult and without a keeled tail. The first stage lasts 3 or 4 months; the second lasts 2 or 3 years, and at the end of it the animal again becomes aquatic. Subspecies of T. viridescens T. v. viridescens Raf. Eastern States and Canada. T. v. symmetricus (Harlan). Similar to T. viridescens, but with the red spots forming a continuous or a broken line: coastal plain, North Carolina to Florida. T. louisianensis (Wolterstorff). Similar to 7. viridescens, except that the red spots are inconspicuous or absent, and are not ringed with black: Gulf Coast to Tennessee and Kansas. T. torosus (Eschscholtz). Body rather stout; tail long, with a wide keel above and below; color brown above and yellow beneath; length 170 mm.; tail 92 mm.: Pacific slope, from Alaska to Lower California, in ponds and streams; no terrestrial form present. Family 3. Ambystomidz.—Body of medium size; digits 4-5; a transverse series of teeth, more or less interrupted, on the hinder margin of the vomers; tongue thick, free in front; vertebrae amphiccelous; carpus and tarsus ossified; eyelids present; lungs and ypsiloid cartilage present; costal grooves prominent: 3 genera in the United States; habitat usually terrestrial. Key to the United States Genera of Ambystomide a, Lungs rudimentary; ypsiloid cartilage aborted; on Pacific slope.1. Rhyacotriton. a2 Lungs and ypsiloid cartilage (Fig. 65) well developed. beg: Hail dorsally thinjand flattened: 3.5... 25....2¢.25.2.-.+ 2-2. Dicamptoiton: pep habidorsallythickramarclandular . cei st cnc o elebee ace Go) 3. Ambystoma. 1. Rhyacotriton Dunn. Lungs very small; ypsiloid cartilage aborted; nasal bones absent: 1 species. R. olympicus (Gaige). Color black above; length 125 mm.: Olympic Mountains, Washington, in mountain streams. 2. Dicamptodon Strauch. Lungs and ypsiloid cartilage normal: nasal bones present: 1 species. D. ensatus (Eschscholtz) (Chondrotus tenebrosus Baird & Girard). Body very large and massive; legs stout; color reddish brown, mottled above; length 250 mm.; tail 100 mm.; costal grooves 12, obscure; parasphenoid narrow: coastal region of Pacific slope, from southern California to British Columbia. 3. Ambystoma Tschudi. Lungs and ypsiloid cartilage well developed; premaxillary fontanelle small or wanting; nasals present; 140 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES parasphenoid broad: about species in the United States. These salamanders can float in water without swimming movements, because of their lungs. A. mexicanum Shaw, the axylotl, which lives in a lake near Mexico City, becomes sexually mature and breeds as a larva, never transforming. It retains its gills and never leaves the water. Key to the United States Species of Ambystoma a, Species east of the Rockies. b, Costal grooves 10 to 12; vomerine teeth in 1, 3 or 4 patches, running across the mouth behind the nares (Fig. 70). c, Two plantar tubercles (Fig. 69) present. die Costa i PrOOV ES EE On or. itachi inte eas ee A. talpoideum. ds Coastal: prooyesiia) sls enr Wa vase iene ashen: enctaral ae ten: ae A. tigrinum. C2 One plantar tubercle present or none. d, Costal grooves 11. e: Body with black and white bars............... A. opacum. e2 Body black with 2 rows of yellow spots.........A. maculatum. dz Coastal grooves 12;-toes very Jong: 2.25. 45 ae ee A. jeffersonianum. be Costal grooves 14; teeth in 2 patches (Fig. 71). c; Definite color markings in form of cross bars. d, Body black with narrow white cross lines.......... A. cingulatum. dz Body dark brown with broad yellow cross bars..... A. annulatum. G2. Black’ with whttishsdotsa-j.52 eee an eee etree A. texanum. a2 Species in the Rockies and far-west. b; Four phalanges in the fourth toe of hind foot. c; Body mottled with black and yellow; no dorsal stripe. . A. tigrinum. | ‘cM Avlight dorsalsstripeypresemt.. 72k <1. artoteseit ny ee i eer 4. macrodactylum. bo Three phalanges in the fourth toe of hind foot..........2 A. gracile. A. talpoideum (Holbrook). Mole salamander. Body short, stout, depressed, gray or dark brown in color dotted with gray; head very broad; length 90 mm.; tail 37 mm.; costal grooves 10; vomerine teeth in 3 patches: southern States from North Carolina to Louisiana and up the Mississippi Valley to Illinois. eS A. opacum (Gravenhorst). Marbled salaman- ee ee ae der (Fig. 67). Body thick, cylindrical, black above mouth of Ambystoma with about 14 grayish bars which may be confluent; opacum, showing vo- = merine teeth (from costal grooves 11; length 95 mm; stall 35 mm; Covey. plantar tubercles indistinct; vomerine teeth in 3 patches: eastern States from central Massachusetts and New York to Florida; westward to Missouri and Texas; in relatively dry and often sandy locations, under stones and logs. A. maculatum (Shaw) (A. punctatum L.). Spotted salamander (Fig. 68). Body stout; color black above, with a series of round yellow AMPHIBIANS I41 spots on the side, about 3 being on the head, 8 or 9 on the tail and 8 or g on the trunk; length 160 mm.; tail 77 mm.; costal grooves 11; skin — aie | 5 2. bee. bees & & v7 Fic. 68.—Ambystoma maculatum (from Fowler). Fic. 69.—(Above) Ambystoma tigrinum (from Fowler): (below) head, inside of mouth and inner surface of feet of same (from Cope). pitted with numerous minute pores which exude a milky secretion: eastern and central America from Nova Scotia to Florida; westward to Wisconsin, Kansas and Texas. I42 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES A. tigrinum (Green). Tiger salamander (Fig. 69). Body thick and massive, dark brown in color, with many large rounded or irregular yellow spots which may be confluent; length 250 mm.; tail 125 mm.; costal grooves 12; vomerine teeth in one long transverse band: the entire United States, except New England and the Appa- lachian region; the Mexican Plateau; common west of the Appalachians. The larva was formally supposed occasionally to become sexually mature and to breed. A. jeffersonianum (Green) (Fig. 70). Bodylong and slender, brown- ish or blackish in color, with pale dots which may be wanting; digits very long; no plantar tubercles, or / ‘ 4 ‘AS “AN EES Ses ae YZ Z Fic. 70.—Roof of mouth of Ambystoma Fic. 71.—Inside the mouth of Amby- jeffersonianum: I, inner nares; 2, vomerine sSioma texanum: I, inner nares; 2, vomerine teeth (from Cope). teeth; 3, tongue (from Hay). a single indistinct one; length 150 mm.; tail 75 mm.; costal grooves 12: northeastern States and Canada; northward to Hudson Bay; southward and westward to Virginia and Illinois; common northward. A. cingulatum Cope. Body slender, black in color, speckled, with gray underneath, and a series of narrow gray rings encircling it from the eyes to the tip of the tail; head elongate; length 85 mm.; costal grooves 14: South Carolina to northern Florida and Alabama. A. texanum (Matthes) (A. microstomum Cope) (Fig. 71). Body elongate, slender, brown or blackish in color, with numerous grayish spots on the sides; limbs weak; digits very long; length 150 mm. tail 65 mm.; costal grooves 14: central States, Ohio to Texas; often common. A. gracile (Baird). Body stout and reddish brown or blackish in color, with or without spots; length 180 mm.; tail 102 mm.; costal grooves 11; no plantar tubercles; eyes very large; vomerine teeth in 4 small patches, forming a transverse series: California to British Columbia. A. macrodactylum Baird (A. stejnegeri Ruthven). Body elongate and slender, brownish in color, with a broad lighter dorsal stripe; AMPHIBIANS 143 length 100 mm.; tail 50 mm.; costal grooves 12; vomerine teeth in 3 or 4 transverse patches; digits very long: northern California to British Columbia and eastward into Montana and Iowa. A. annulatum Cope. Body slender; tail very long; color dark brown above, with about r5 light cross bands, very light beneath; length 186 mm.; tail 94 mm.; costal grooves 13; tail with 31 grooves; vomerine teeth in 2 patches: Aces and Missouri; rare. Family 4. Plethodontidz.—Body of medium or small size and without gills or gill slits in the adult state, except in certain cave dwelling species; parasphenoid and vomerine teeth present (Fig. 72); costal grooves 11 to 21; vertebre amphiccelous or opisthoccelous; carpus and tarsus cartilaginous; lungs absent; ypsiloid cartilage absent; naso- . labial groove present (Fig. 64): about 16 genera and 50 species, all American but two, which occur in Italy. These salamanders cannot float in water without swimming motions, and are, with few exceptions, terrestrial animals, living in shaded, moist localities near or in small streams. In several genera the larve are also terrestrial, losing their gills before they hatch, or very soon after, and never entering the water; the larvee of Desmognathus, however, make for the water, in which they live about a year. Key to the Genera of Plethodontide a; Blind, white, cave-dwelling salamanders. bee nault without pills:dn, Missourn:: js a-.c2t a n6 eee Sas 9. Typhlotriton. Depa ait witmroillss Ine NExas.. SV ies.s. dus Ae aeta be cunts ses 10. Typhlomolge. ay Salamanders which are not blind or white in color. b, Tongue attached at its anterior margin. c; Hind foot with 5 toes. d; Teeth not confined to the front of the jaw. e; With a light line running from the eye to the angle GiciMenaOULLn a. Ramer RI Ees a ate peel cur GE es 1. Desmognathus. e. No such line present. i Vomerine teeth absent... .:....0........... 2. Leurognathus, f. Vomerine teeth present. g, Vomerine teeth continuous with the para- sphenoid teeth. . ee ... 8. Stereochilus. 2 Vomerine teeth peonrared from then para- sphenoid teeth. h, Palm without plantar tubercles....... 3. Plethodon. he Palm with 2 plantar tubercles........ 5. Ensatina. d. Front teeth alone present and projecting from the BSS PO ENOL tints kts, 4 wea eoe id, ait. a 6. Aneides. co Hind foot with 4 toes. Peper HeeMSterD States). 7... cnld x aevds nantes on eee 4. Hemidactylium. oermenGEE ELC SIOPE: 4.25)... orm aa rae ene bs ws 7. Batrachoseps. 144 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES by Tongue free at its anterior margin, being attached by a central pedicle (Fig. 77). c; Toes not webbed. d, With a light line running from the eye to the MOStrily i sch, bce ea eats ne 11. Gyrinophilus. d2 No such line present. e; Vomerine teeth continuous with parasphenoid teeth: color reds. (vie 22 see oe eae 12. Pseudotriton. e2 Vomerine teeth separate from the parasphenoid teeth. GRigy 8p). 2 ac Sal aon gta ee 13. Eurycea. Gs "oes webbedeictes an eet tas Ce! qe Re Serene 14. Hydromantes. 1. Desmognathus Baird. Body of medium or small size; tongue attached, except by its lateral margins; premaxillaries united; vertebre opisthoccelous; vomerine teeth wanting in adult males of some species; a light line from the eye to the angle of the mouth: 3 species. Key to the Species of Desmognathus ay ely: MOUS. tear ovae oe ceccenen corer anct yet eae ene D. fuscus. a2 Belly uniformily colored. pavbellyablack #41 Metnta tens sangeet Ss tee chee Sara ee D. quadramaculatus. bs tBellyaligiit ee # oo sees soo oe Oe ie ie, eee a ep ae D. phoca. D. fuscus (Rafinesque) (Fig. 72). Body rather stout, brown above, mottled below; length 115 mm.; tail 58 mm.; costal grooves 14; vomerine teeth not present in mature males; parasphenoid teeth in 2 separated patches: southern Canada to the Gulf; westward to Illinois, Tennessee and Louisiana; common. Key to the Subspecies of D. fuscus a; Semiaquatic forms; tail keeled above. bi In the northern, central and eastern states.............. D. f. fuscus. be In the South Atlantic and coastal plains................ D. f. auriculatus. bs West of the Mississippi. 2-72.52 oe oe ee en ee D. f. brimleyorum. a2 Terrestrial forms; tail cylindrical; size small. by, Back mottled southern Blue Ridge. yy one eee D. f. carolinensis. be. Back with a regular pale stripe: mountains of West Virginia fo SNe ww Marke wets fois. vis bees eee cn ee D. f. ochrapheus. Subspecies of D. fuscus D. f. fuscus (Raf.). Belly light; no spots on the sides: New Bruns- wick to Gulf Coast and southeastern Virginia, except in the higher mountains. D. f. auriculatus (Holbrook). Belly dark; a row of light spots on the sides: coastal plain of the Atlantic and Gulf from Virginia to Florida. AMPHIBIANS 145 D. f. brimleyorum Stejneger. Body slender and similar to D. f. auriculatus in color; belly light; size and teeth similar to D. f. fuscus: Oklahoma, Texas and Arkansas; rare. D. f. carolinensis Dunn. Belly dark; a tubercle at the anterior angle of the eye: West Virginia to Georgia; in the mountains. D. f. ochropheus Cope. Body small; tail without keel; color variable, with a very dark, broad lateral band; length 94 mm.; tail Fic. 72.—Desmognathus fuscus: a, dorsal aspect (from Fowler); b, inside of the mouth: I, inner nares; 2, vomerine teeth; 3, parasphenoid teeth; 4, tongue (from Hay). 46 mm.; costal grooves 14; vomerine teeth absent in adult male; parasphenoid patches separated: New York to Georgia; habits terrestrial. ; D. quadramaculatus (Holbrook). Body large, black above and below; length 175 mm.; tail 82 mm.; costal grooves 12 to 14; parasphe- noid teeth in 2 patches which are confluent anteriorly; vomerine teeth always present: southwest Virginia to northern Georgia, in the moun- tains; the most aquatic of the genus. D. phoca (Matthes) (Fig. 73). Body large, uniformly colored, more or less mottled, with a light belly; tail long; length 135 mm.; tail 71 mm.; costal grooves 13 or 14; vomerine teeth always present; parasphenoid teeth in 2 patches, confluent anteriorly: Pennsylvania to Georgia; in the mountains; common. 146 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES 2. Leurognathus Moore. Body of large size; internal nares very inconspicuous and twice as far apart as the nostrils; vertebre opis- thoccelous; vomerine teeth absent: 1 species. L. marmorata Moore. Body 128 mm. long; tail 53 mm.; para- sphenoid teeth in 2 patches which touch anteriorly; costal grooves 13; tail keeled; color brownish above; belly black in old specimens: North Carolina mountains; rare; aquatic. Fic. 73.—Desmognathus phoca (from Dunn). 3. Plethodon Tschudi. Body slender and elongate; tongue attached except at its lateral margins; vertebre amphiccelous; premaxil- laries separate; parasphenoid and vomerine teeth present, the 2 para- sphenoid patches in contact throughout; toes 4-5: about 15 species, all American. Both adults and larve are largely terrestrial, living in damp places, under stones and logs, the larve in some species losing their gills while still in the egg, and never entering the water. The eggs are sometimes carried in the mouth of the female. Key to the Species of Plethodon a; Species occurring east of the Pacific slope. b, Color not uniformly plumbeous, and with spots or stripes. c; With a broad middorsal red stripe. dz ‘Costal grooves 19; stripe straight... =.7...2.2.5,.¢ ee oe P. cinereus. ds° Costal. grooves 17; stripe zigzag... ...... 00... 2.252» ol a OnSaes. co No such stripe present; costal grooves r4. dy Back ‘blackish, dotted with’ white:: .:.:)..a.o2. sees P. glutinosus. da. Back xed ‘or chestnut...) 00. 3. bbe he ee P. yonahlossee. b. Color uniformly plumbeous. c; Body without color markings. di Belly mottled; costaligrooves 1G... -.). 9 eee P. cinereus. dy» Belly plain. eq Costal srouves sas 59 ldsh ot tone ae ene ae ase P. metcalfi. Ez" Costal STGOVES*OY we KO «4 te 2 ihe ee eee meen i P. wehrlei. ce Body with color markings. Gy Legs. Hedi ci ce whalers nb «aioli eae ae ns BIE he ets P. shermani. d. With a yellow stripe from eye to gular fold........... P. jordani. AMPHIBIANS 147 ae Species occurring on the Pacific slope. b, Digits not webbed. re OS GRIME TOOVES AIAG uA he oais(s sss! < 5. sds lave ais, epee mere e) os P. vehiculum. GrrGostalperOUves FOr a) ivi. . Navy Ses = See ent P. elongatus. ba. Digits; webbed; costal grooves 12 Or 13....52: 00.2 es eae P. vandykei. P. cinereus (Green). Red-backed salamander; dusky salamander (Fig. 74). Body very slender, cylindrical and elongate, and dark brown or dark gray in color with a broad, light reddish stripe running down the back, which is sometimes wanting, there being thus two distinct color phases; under parts mottled; length 90 mm.; tail 45 mm.; costal grooves Ig; vomerine teeth not extending laterally beyond the inner nares: Fic. 74.—Plethodon cinereus (from Fowler). Canada and States east of the Mississippi; Missouri and Arkansas; very common towards the north; both larve and adults terrestrial. P. dorsalis Cope. Similar to P. cinereus but with 17 costal grooves, and a zigzag dorsal stripe: southern portions of Ohio, Indiana and Illinois to Alabama. ; P. glutinosus (Green) (Fig. 75). Body rather stout, depressed, blackish in color with whitish blotches and dots; length 138 mm.; tail 67 mm.; costal grooves 14; vomerine teeth extending laterally beyond the inter- nal nares: eastern and central States and New York; westward to Wisconsin and central Texas; south- ward to the Gulf States; terrestrial; common in upland ie districts. BIG) Wipe Lve : roof of the mouth P. yonahlossee Dunn. Similar to P. glutinosus, of Plethodon gluti- but with a chestnut red dorsal coloration and with ”°S“ \%70™Punm). paired red spots: mountains of North Carolina and southwest Virginia. P. metcalfi Brimley. Similar to P. glutinosus, but slenderer; color plain plumbeous, paler beneath; length 108 mm.; tail 53 mm.; costal grooves 14; vomerine teeth in 2 short curved transverse rows: moun- tains of North Carolina; often very common. P. wehrlet Fowler and Dunn. Similar to P. metcalfi; dorsal surface with paired spots; costal grooves 17; toes webbed: central and western Pennsylvania, West Virginia and southwest New York. 148 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES P. shermani Stejneger. Similar to P. metcalfi, but with red legs; length 104 mm.; tail 56 mm.; costal grooves 14: western North Carolina. P. jordani Blatchley. Similar to P. metcalfi; color black, with a red or yellow stripe on the side of the head between the eye and the gular fold; legs sometimes dotted with red; costal grooves 14: moun- tains of Tennessee and North Carolina. P. vehiculum (Cooper) (P. intermedius Baird). Similar to P. cinereus in color; length 90 mm.; tail 38 mm.; costal grooves 14: Cali- fornia to Vancouver Island. P. elongatus Van Denburgh. Similar to P. vehiculum, but with 16 costal grooves; length 117 mm.; tail 58 mm.: northern California. P. vandykei Van Denburgh. Similar to P. intermedius, but stouter and with 13 or 14 costal grooves; back clay-colored, dotted with black; lower surfaces black; length 116 mm.; tail 56 mm.; toes partly webbed: western Washington. 4. Hemidactylium Tschudi. Like Plethodon, but with 4 toes on the hind foot: 1 species. H. scutatum (Schlegel). Body small, cylindrical, dark chestnut above, white beneath with large black spots; tail with a basal constric- tion; length 80 mm.; tail 46 mm.; costal grooves 14: eastern and central States and Canada; northward into Massachusetts; westward into Michigan, Illinois and Arkansas; southward into the Gulf States; terrestrial; locally common. 5. Ensatina Gray. Similar to Plethodon, but with a basal constric- tion of the tail and with 2 plantar tubercles on the palm: 4 species, 1 (E. platensis) in Uruguay and Argentina. E. eschscholtzi Gray. Body depressed, brown or orange in color; tail short and slender; limbs long; length 115 mm.; tail 50 mm.; costal grooves 11; parasphenoid patches of teeth diverging posteriorly, con- fluent anteriorly: Pacific slope from Los Angeles to Puget Sound. E. croceater (Cope). Body large, black in color with large yellow dorsal spots; bright orange beneath; costal grooves 13; length 145 mm.; tail 87 mm.: southern California. 6. Aneides Baird. Similar to Plethodon, but differs in that there is but one premaxillary and the maxillary and mandibular teeth are few in number and confined to the anterior portion of the arch; vomerine teeth on a ridge between the internal nares: 4 species. Key to the Species of Aneides a; On the Pacific slope. bi Teeth not flattened;/color black?) 5. . nant ee tees eee A. flairpunctatus. be Teeth flattened. AMPHIBIANS I49 Cc; Color brown, not mottled; light below............... 1. lugubris. c. Color mottled brown and black; dark below........... A. ferreus. PgRhITG Ee -sOULMeASTERM OUALES I: cv.0.%. < sv s. va cutty Meena! 1. eneus. A. lugubris (Hallowell). Body light yellow above with yellowish spots and yellow beneath; length 75 mm.; tail 35 mm.; snout very prominent; eyes bulging; anterior teeth projecting from the closed mouth; costal grooves 13: California; common; adults and larve terrestrial, the latter being without functional gills. A. ferreus (Cope). Body slender, black above, with gray on the sides and brown beneath; length 90 mm.; tail 37 mm.; costal grooves 14: northern California to British Columbia. A. flairpunctatus Strauch (A. iecanus Cope). Body robust, black in color, with minute light specks; length 53 mm.; costal grooves 13; parasphenoid teeth in a single patch: northern California. A. eneus (Cope and Packard). Body rather stout; color dark, mottled coppery and black; length 118 mm.; tail 66 mm.; costal grooves 14: Virginia and West Virginia to Georgia. 7. Batrachoseps Bonaparte. Similar to Plethodon, but with 4 toes on the hind foot and but one premaxillary: 2 species; Pacific slope. Key to These Species ACK maLeinG han ter SIGeSi acute Maciek sak fet false seams B. attenuatus. Basa cmenOrmehver than (heGldes 6 ets cy.sse cine Bin Shei. as lee ke ee B. pacificus. B. attenuatus (Eschscholtz). Body slender, with very weak legs and a long tail; color brown above and below but darker on the belly and the sides; length 111 mm.; tail 64 mm.; costal grooves 19; leg spanning 3 costal folds; parasphenoid and vomerine teeth in 1 patch each: Pacific slope west of the Coast Range from Oregon to Lower California; very common. B. pacificus (Cope). Body elongate, brown above, yellowish beneath; length 70 mm.; tail 37 mm.; costal grooves 18; hind leg spanning 6 costal folds; inner digits of both pairs of legs rudimentary: southern California. Subspecies of B. pacificus B. p. pacificus (Cope). Islands off the coast. B. p. major Camp. Body large, pale in color, light yellowish beneath; hind leg spanning 4 costal folds; costal folds 18; length 134 mm.; tail 74 mm.: southern California. I50 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES 8. Stereochilus Cope. Tongue attached at its anterior margin; vomerine teeth confluent with parasphenoid teeth; 1 premaxillary: 1 species. S. marginatus (Hallowell). Body slender, yellowish brown in color, with numerous brown lines along the sides; belly yellow, specked with brown; length 79 mm.; tail 35 mm.; costal grooves 17; tail compressed: Dismal Swamp to Georgia; aquatic. 9. Typhlotriton Stejneger. Body of medium size; tongue attached anteriorly; eyes concealed under the skin: 1 species. T. speleus Stej. Body white, 120 mm. long; costal grooves 16: in caves in Missouri and Kansas. Fic. 76.—Roof of mouth of Gyrino- Fic. 77.—Head of Pseudotriton, showing philus porphyriticus: I, inner nares; 2, the tongue (after Hurter). vomerine teeth; 3, parasphenoid teeth (from Cope). 10. Typhlomolge Stejneger. Body elongate, with very long legs and persistent gills; eyes concealed under the skin: 1 species. * T. rathbuni Stej. Body white, and with the general structure of a sexually mature Eurycea larva; length 102 mm.; length of legs 20 mm.: in wells in San Marcos, Texas. 11. Gyrinophilus Cope. Body elongate; tongue free anteriorly; premaxillaries distinct; vomerine teeth continuous with the parasphe- noid: 2 species. G. porphyriticus (Green) (Fig. 76). Body large and purplish brown in color, blotched with gray; belly whitish; length 163 mm.; tail 60 mm.; costal grooves 15; eye connected with nostril by a conspicuous light colored ridge: northeastern States; common; aquatic. G. danielsi (Blatchley). Body elongate; color light chocolate brown above, with widely scattered dots of black which are wanting on the hinder two-thirds of the tail, light brown beneath; length 160 mm.; tail 65 mm.; costal grooves 16: North Carolina to Georgia; Tennessee. AMPHIBIANS isi 12. Pseudotriton Baird (Spelerpes Rafinesque). Body elongate, red in color; tail short and compressed; tongue free all round, being attached by a slender pedicle only (Fig. 77); but 1 premaxillary; vomerine teeth continuous with the parasphenoid (Fig. 78): 2 species. Key to the Species of Pseudotriton am Actew seat cered.plack spots present’... .45. 0.4. aah ce a cle en eae P. montanus. Pom Mian ones Spots ClOSe COREtNEr!:.:. 5. Wiss, tesa. oe a c/o une ace P. ruber. P. montanus Baird. Body elongate, cylindrical, brownish salmon in color, with a few circular spots; under parts pale salmon; length 140 mm.; tail 62 mm.; the 2 patches of parasphenoid teeth in contact ante- riorly: Pennsylvania to the Gulf. Subspecies of P. montanus P.m. montanus Baird. Costal grooves 17: Pennsylvania, Virginia and Kentucky to Georgia. P.m. flavissimus Hallowell. . Costal grooves 16 to 18: Gulf States, from Georgia to Louisiana. P. ruber (Sonnini). Red salamander (Fig. 78). Body rather stout and dark salmon red in color, with numerous black spots, very large specimens often showing more black than red; length 140 mm.; tail 53 mm.; costal grooves 16: Fic. 78.—Pseudotriton ruber (from Fowler): a, roof of mouth (from Dunn). eastern States from Maine to Florida; westward to Louisiana, Illinois and Wisconsin; very common. Subspecies of P. ruber P.r. ruber (Sonnini). Spots of adult running together; chin black- ish: eastern States; New York and Indiana to northern Georgia and Mississippi. P. r. schencki (Brimley). Spots of adult separate; chin black: mountains of North Carolina. P.r.nitidus Dunn. Spots of adult separate; no black on the chin or on the hinder half of the tail; length 97 mm.; tail 36 mm.: mountains of Virginia and North Carolina. T52 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES 13. Eurycea Rafinesque. (Spelerpes Rafinesque.) Body elongate, mostly yellow or orange in color; tail long and compressed; vomerine teeth separate from the parasphenoid (Fig. 80); tongue free all round, being attached by a slender pedicle only (Fig. 77): 7 species. Key to the Species of Eurycea a, Digits on hind leg 5. b; Color yellow. c; Tail with longitudinal stripes. d, Tail with 2 lateral and no dorsal stripes............ E. bislineata. d. Tail with 2 lateral and 1 dorsal stripe..............E. guttolineata. Go3: Waal pared tra eee ie ah eee nh By esa E. longicauda. be’ Color orange: tail spotted... og. -aenn td somes as pee E. lucifuga. bs Color black or brown. cuiCostal grooves 22~coloriblack4-) jo. ee- cou eee E. melanopleura. ce Costal grooves 20; color brown...:..................-E. multiplicata. dei DIgiis On indy leggy. oot le eee anys ee ead oe E. quadridigitata. E. bislineata (Green) (Fig. 79). Body small, yellow above and below, with a dark line along each side of the back; length 72 mm.; tail 40 mm.; Fic. 79.—Eurycea bislineata wildere (from Dunn). costal grooves 14 or 15; digits very long: northern New England to Florida; westward to Lake Superior and Louisiana; very common. Subspecies of E. bislineata E. b. bislineata (Green). Costal grooves 15: northern New England to Indiana; southward to Virginia and Tennessee. E. b. cirrigera (Green). Sides dusky, with white dots below the lateral band; costal grooves 14; upper lip of male with cirri: North Carolina to Louisiana. E. b. wildere Dunn. Black lateral line broken or absent on the hinder half of tail; male with cirri; costal grooves 15: mountains of Virginia and North Carolina. E. guttolineata (Holbrook). Body similar to E. bislineata, but with a mottled belly and 3 dark dorsal longitudinal lines; length 130 mm.; tail 75 mm.; costal grooves 13: Virginia to Georgia; westward to Louisiana. AMPHIBIANS 153 E. longicauda (Green). Body slender, with a very long tail and bright yellow or reddish in color, with small black spots on the back and sides which form bars on the tail, and unspotted underneath; length 130 mm.; tail 80 mm.; costal grooves 13: Pennsylvania to Tennessee; westward to Missouri. E. lucifuga Rafinesque (E. maculicauda Cope) (Fig. 80). Body slender, elongate, orange in color densely spotted with black; legs very long; length 152 mm.; tail 90 mm.: West Virginia to Missouri; north- ward into Indiana and Illinois; often in caves. E. quadridigitata (Holbrook). Dwarf salamander. Body small, yellowish above, with a dark line running along each side of the back; length 82 mm.; tail 47 mm.; costal grooves 15; 4 toes’ on each foot: North Carolina to Florida; westward to Texas. E. melanopleura (Cope). Body slen- , Fis. 80.—The roof of the mouth 4 . of Eurycea lucifuga: 1, inner nares; der; tail strongly compressed; sides black 2, vomerine teeth; 3, parasphenoid in color, with sparse white spots; a ‘eth Yrom Hay). middorsal light line; length 148 mm.; tail 83 mm.; costal grooves 13: Missouri, Kansas and Arkansas. E. multiplicata (Cope). Body small, brown in color, paler below; length 80 mm.; tail 170 mm.; costal grooves 20: Arkansas, Missouri and Kansas to New Mexico. 14. Hydromantes Gistel. Toes webbed; tongue free all round; 2 premaxillaries present; parasphenoid patches separate: 3 species, 2 in Italy. H. platycephalus (Camp). Body elongate; tail cylindrical, rather short; color dark chocolate, mottled with black; length 106 mm.; tail 35 mm.; costal folds 12: Yosemite National Park, California. oe Vevey oe r ON THE IDENTIFICATION OF THE LARVE OF THE PLETHODONTIDE Aquatic larve are known to occur in the genera Desmognathus, Leurognathus, Hemidactylum, Typhlotriton, Typhlomolge (a permanent larva), Grinophilus, Pseudotriton and Eurycea; these larval forms have all been identified in the eastern and middle western States. They may be distinguished from the larve Ambystomide and Pleurodelide which inhabit the same region by the presence of a dorsal fin on the body of the larva in these two families; also in the Plethodont larva the legs develop before hatching. This fin is absent in the larvee of the Plethodon- 154 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES tide, except in Hemidactyliwm, in which the larva has an extremely short larval life. It is also much smaller than the larva of the Ambystomide and the Pleurodelide and has 4 digits on the hind feet. Key to the Larve of the Plethodontide (except Hemidactylium) a; Blind, white larve; costal grooves 12; legs very LONG eine ho ee eae ty ace keel n or Typhlomolge. a) Eyes functional; body pigmented; legs normal. b, Gills short, glistening white; legs very stout. c, Definite color-pattern of light dorsal spots. Desmognathus fuscus. ce No definite color-pattern. d, Chin and throat light; eyes smaller, Tauberalis. ek pater lteta satay soateeye ger etecatces Desmognathus quadramaculatus. d, Chin and throat pigmented; eyes larger, more dorsal(0:5 5 o/h). Leurognathus marmorata, be Gills longer, not glistening white; legs slimmer. c: Back and sides the same color. d, Sides irregularly streaked............ Stereochilus. d. Sides not so streaked. e, Chin and throat pigmented; head LOMBER Seige ee pee ape es nienks dee exer CROP LUT e. Chin and throat not pigmented; head shorter. PeMGOStA LL ATOOVES One eo clans: Pseudotriton ruber. fon Gostall OTOOVES hye fon aos ea ears Pseudotriton montanus. {mC OStalweTGOVES Gans eo acy. Typhlotriton. Co Back lighter than the sides..............Eurycea. d, Digits on hind leg 5. e, No sharp demarcation between the lighter back and the darker sides; a gray band on the sides; COStAl SEOOVES EA—L Gn e'cinte wie Eurycea lucifuga. e. A sharp and uninterrupted demar- cation between the lighter back and the darker sides; sides black; costal grooves 13-14. : f, A definite stripe on side......... Eurycea guttolineata. f. No definite stripe on side....... Eurycea longicauda, Eurycea melanopleura. e; A sharp but broken demarcation between the lighter back and the darker sides. fy Costal prooves TAS15 3. nae. c ae Eurycea bislineata. fp \Costalieroovesv2o. ids ot. S. couchit. S. holbrookii (Harlan). Common spadefoot (Fig. 82). Body either smooth or covered with small tubercles and brown, yellowish or greenish in color, sometimes with a curved yellow line extending back from the shoulder; belly dirty white; iris golden; length 68 mm.; hind leg 76 mm.: eastern States from Massachusetts to Florida; Gulf e States and Texas, and northward ae into Arkansas; common, but rarely seen because it spends the day in a hole in the ground which it digs with its hind feet, emerg- ing in the night-time to feed. S. hammondii Baird. Body brown or gray in color, often y - = Fic. 82.—a, Left side of the head of the with several irregular dorsal spadefoot toad. 6, Hind foot of spadefoot: 1, stripes of lighter color; tubercles SP¥t (from Surface). with red; throat of male black; length 60 mm.; hind leg 70 mm.: west- ern America from the Pacific eastward into Texas and Dakota. S. couchii Baird. Body greenish or brownish in color, mottled with lighter; belly whitish; dorsal surface with black tubercles, which are sometimes yellow on the hinder parts of the back and legs; length 60 mm.; hind leg 60 mm.: Texas to Arizona. Family 3. Bufonidze.—Toes 4-5; pectoral girdle arciferous (cora- coids and precoracoids overlapping midventrally); presacral vertebra 8: about 100 species, in all parts of the world; 4 genera in the United States. Key to the Genera of the Bufonide a; Hind toes webbed; no teeth on upper jaw................1. Bufo. a. Hind toes not webbed; teeth on upper jaw; no parotoid glands. b: Toes without disks; vomerine teeth present...........2. Leptodactylus. be Toes with small disks. Cavamenneteeth Present... yeeemrser ee oes Ce eee wet 3. Eleutherodactylus. Gun oiNaEnerine CeCLh. 2. kee mera Wows ee oa 3 4. Syrrhophus. 1. Bufo Laurenti—Pupil horizontal; a pair of prominent longi- tudinal ridges called the cranial crests lie between the eyes, which pass back to or along the parotoid glands (Fig. 81); prominent plantar 160 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES tubercles often present on the digits; eggs laid in a long chord of jelly which is usually deposited on the bottom of some shallow pool: nearly 100 species; 15 in the United States. Key to the United States Species of Bufo a; In the States east of the Mississippi. b; In the northeastern States. SPObascis Sax Eee pa sets eval etek cain ae rere B. americanus. co Profile of snout abrupt; back with more than one wart to I @! COlOM SPObs thse ee kee et Ae, eee Ce Re B. fowleri. ~b. In the southern States. ¢, Cranial crests very prominent (Fig. 85)................. B. terrestris. eo Cranial crests nniconspicuous: sacs. ease ce ee ae te B. quercicus. ao In the States west of the Mississippi. b, In the central western States. c;: Belly spotted. d; Cranial crests divergent, (Hig8n)4).& +222 4s see B. americanus. ds Cranial-crests parallels 25. \ican)cnt acne. ok ee B. hemiophrys. co Belbunspotted ae at g ee et Ca oe. cent Renee em eRe B. woodhousit. bo In the southwestern States. c; Cranial crests absent. d, Parotoid glands small, and oval or round. evelantar tubercles small). Uso shee eee ee oe B. punctatus. e. Plantar tubercles large, with cutting edges.........B. compactilis. d> Patotoid:clands large and lome:) 0. sachets we es eee B. debilis. c. Cranial crests present. d; Cranial crests sharp-edged and high. ...2)....7...... B. valliceps. d. Cranial crests thick, confluent between the nostrils....B. cognatus. d; Cranial crests curved around the eyes................ B. alvarius. b; On the Pacific slope. 6. With ailight middorsal lines skin rough: .- 4.4.) .960nen B. boreas. co Without a light middorsal line; skin very smooth........ B. canorus. B. americanus Holbrook. Common toad (Figs. 81 and 83). Body heavy and squat and variable in color, being usually gray or yellowish brown, more or less mottled or spotted; throat of male black; under parts white, spotted; parotoids elongate and reniform; cranial crests divergent; length 70 mm.; hind leg 85 mm.; female much larger: North America east of the Rockies; northward to Hudson Bay and Great Bear Lake. B. fowleri Hinckley. Common toad (Fig. 84). Body rather slender, greenish or yellowish gray in color, spotted or striped with brown; under parts white; throat of male black; parotoids narrow and not reniform; cranial crests parallel; length 75 mm.: central New England to Georgia; westward to Michigan and Texas. AMPHIBIANS 161 B. terrestris Bonnaterre (Fig. 85). Color dusky, with a pale mid- dorsal line and an irregular row of yellowish spots on the flank; belly yellowish white; length 70 mm.; cranial crests prominent, each ending in a knob: North Carolina to Florida and westward to the Mississippi. B. quercicus Holb. Body small, brown in color, with a light middorsal line on each side of which are 3 or 4 pairs of black blotches; underneath white; length 27 mm.; parotoids long and oval: North Carolina to Florida; the smallest species. Fic. 83.—Under surface of Bufo americanus (from Dickerson). B. hemiophrys Cope. Color brown, with a yellowish middorsal line, on each side of which are 2 or 3 rows of brown spots; cranial crests parallel; belly spotted; length 60 mm.: North Dakota and Manitoba. B. woodhousii Girard (Fig. 86). Color brown, with a pale middorsal line and 3 pairs of brown spots; belly yellow; length go mm.; head short, with thickened cranial crests posteriorly: Texas to Kansas and Mon- tana; westward to Nevada and eastern California. B. punctatus Baird and Girard. Body small and slender; color light brown above and yellowish white beneath; length 52 mm.; parotoid gland small and round: western Texas to southern California. ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES 162 VERTEBRATE Color greenish brown; belly greenish or B. compactilis Wiegmann. yellowish; length 72 mm.: New Mexico and Arizona. r | | oy ant e8 o Beer os oo 0% 2 ° cA ° Voge O. 2) 7) oo 0 © © 9S Fic. 86.—Upper surface of Fic. 85.—Upper surface of head of Bufo woodhousei (from head of Bufo terrestris (from Cope). Cope). Similar to B. punctatus but with very large parotoid - B. debilis Gir. glands, which are elongate and not round; legs with black cross bands: AMPHIBIANS 163 Texas to California; northward into Colorado; southward into Mexico; rather common. B. valliceps Wieg. Color chestnut brown above, with a dark cross band behind the orbits and a dark lateral band; legs cross barred; length 85 mm.: Louisiana and Texas. B. cognatus Say. Body large, dusky brown in color, with a yellowish middorsal line from which project irregular lateral lines to the nght and left, giving the back a blotchy appearance; white underneath; length 85 mm.; parotoid glands short and wide: western plains from Kansas, Nebraska and Texas to south- ern California. Subspecies of B. cognatus B. c. cognatus Say. Wyoming to Texas; west to the Rockies. B. c. californicus Camp. South- western California. B. alvarius Gir. Color dark green or brown; belly whitish; length 165 : Fic. 87.—Upper surface of head of mm.; parotoid gland a long oval: south- Bu reas arom Coney: ern Arizona and California; very rare. B. boreas B. and G. (Fig. 87). Body very large, either uniformly dusky brown in color with a light middorsal line or with numerous spots on a yellow or green ground; white underneath, spotted with black; length 124 mm.; parotoid round or oval; no cranial crests: Pacific slope from Alaska to Lower California; eastward to Utah; common. Subspecies of B. boreas B. b. boreas B. and G. Colors dark; web extending to tip of toes: northern California to Alaska. B. b. halophilus B. and G. Body small, slender; color light brown above; web deeply notched, 3 phalanges of fourth toe being free: central California to Lower California. B. canorus Camp. Coloration dimorphic, the female being irregu- larly blotched and the male specked with black; length 69 mm.; hind leg 82 mm.; parotoids very large and circular; no cranial crests: Yose- mite National Park, California, at elevations above 7,000 feet. 2. Leptodactylus Fitzinger. Toes without discs; vomerine teeth present; also a bony sternal style: many tropical American species; I in Texas. 164 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES L. albilebris (Gunther). A white stripe along the upper jaws; dorsolateral ridges present; color obscurely mottled above; toes with a dermal fringe; length 35 to 49 mm.: extreme southern Texas. 3. Eleutherodactylus Duméril & Bibron. Vomerine teeth present; body relatively slim; skin smooth or tubercular but not warty; digits not webbed; terminal phalanges with a transverse limb which supports dermal disk; 3 species in the United States. E. latrans (Cope). Skin smooth; color brownish gray, with large brown spots; grayish white beneath; length 94 mm.; hind leg 115 mm.; pupil horizontal: San Antonio, Texas. Fic. 88.—Hind and fore foot of Hyla versicolor Fic. 89.—Hind and fore foot of Acris (from Surface). crepitans (from Surface). E. ricordit (D. and B.). Skin slightly tubercular; length 25 mm.: Florida. 4. Syrrhophus Cope. Like Eleutherodactylus, but without vomer- ine teeth: 2 species in the United States. S. marnocki Cope. Color purplish brown, spotted; length 38 mm.; hind leg 45 mm.: San Antonio, Texas. Family 4. Hylidz.—tTree toads; tree frogs. Small Salientia which live in trees, bushes or in dense foliage on the ground and return to the water only in the spring time to breed; maxillary and vomerine teeth present; no parotoid glands; pelvic girdle arciferous (coracoids and precoracoids overlapping midventrally); digits expanded at their tips to form glandular disks, the sticky secretion of which assists the animal in climbing; front toes sometimes slightly webbed, hind toes usually fully webbed; eggs of American species laid in small masses in the water: about Igo species, most of which are in the Neotropic region; 23 species in the United States, which often show a remarkable metachrosis. AMPHIBIANS 165 Key to the United States Genera of Hylide a, Finger and toe disks conspicuous (Fig. 88)................... 1. Ayla. a. Finger and toe disks very small (Fig. 80). pReLMnGctoes ulhyaweD DetatH me fate iiys a scene ieee.) mine we tae 2. Alcras: inva al & Bhavaleitorest ol bked ald nigh (1010120 laletya a ne pe nee rece eee 3. Pseudacris. 1. Hyla Laurenti. Hind toes webbed; skin smooth in most species; belly granulated; pupil round or horizontal: about 14 species in the United States. Key to the United States Species of Hyla a; Eastern species. b; Fingers webbed at the base. CePA wiiiessno MmNnGer the CYC... ....o0oraae ease ie aeons ea H. versicolor. erevonwbiterspouunder the eye. s..0.>..0. 5.50% sabia egies ae H. femoralis. bo Fingers not webbed. c, Color bright green; no dorsal markings. GeO carkeclanertiniAarkIngs «0! ore. wo Rupe de inte 8 H. cinerea. Clam Weiblae ce Came TUL GEL DAME... ¢ saad a. nSisc ciie-rn teeters iene apa e H. andersonit. c2 Brownish, dorsal markings present. dgearve circular Uatk, dots :abDOVEe Ms lvoe ...2 cele ene esee « H. gratiosa. dy Small, irregular markings above. SW this didacke wom therbacks © 3 you cree ey peta, os oe H. crucifer. e2 With the spots on the back elongate and in lines. ...H. squirella. a2 Western species. b, With a large white spot below the eye; fingers webbed........ H. baudinii. bs No spot below the eye; fingers free; size medium to small. CrP VANE ARS WOLS DOVES fc. b na cise antigen Deve eee nets iene > H. arenicolor. Coma MelimennMmALkINes ADOMESn. ccc Stele oe sas oe bore ee H. regilla. H. versicolor LeConte. Common tree toad (Fig. 88 and go), Body rather stout, with a rough, warty skin and very variable in color, varying from white or gray to deep brown or bright green and more or less mottled, with usually an oblique dark band above and a light spot beneath each eye and a large dark irregularly star-shaped patch on the back between the fore legs; length 50 mm.; hind leg 80 mm.: North America, west to Minnesota, Kansas and Texas; northward to southern Canada; southward into the Gulf States. H. crucifer Wied (H. pickeringii Storer). Spring peeper (Fig. 91). Body small and delicate and varying in color from deep brown to yellow, reddish, green or gray, with an oblique cross-shaped mark on the back and usually a V-shaped mark between the eyes; length 28 mm.; hind leg 45 mm.: eastern and central America; northward to New Brunswick; westward to Manitoba; southward to Georgia, Louisiana and Kansas; 166 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES the earliest frog to make its appearance in the spring; usually found on or near the ground. H. squirella Latreille. Body small, green or brown in color with or without spots; a dark line runs from the nostril to the eye and a light line along the jaw and under the eye to the shoulder; length 30 mm.: Virginia to Florida; westward to Texas and northward to Indiana. H.andersonii. Baird. Body small, unspotted bright green in color edged on the sides of the body by a band of white; gray beneath; length 40 mm.: New Jersey to South Carolina; rare. 1s OPE (aca Fic. 90.—Hyla_ versicolor (from Fic. 91.—Hyla cructfer (from Dickerson). Park Museum Bulletin). H. cinerea (Schneider). Body slender, dark brownish green, bright green or greenish yellow in color, with or without a conspicuous white or yellowish band along each side; length 45 mm.; legs very long: Maryland to Florida; the Gulf States and up the valley of the Missis- sippi to Illinois; common. Subspecies of H. cinerea H. c. cinerea (Schneider). With a light stripe along the side: Dismal Swamp, south and west. H. c. evittata Miller. Without a light stripe: Chesapeake Bay, on tidal flats, on aquatic vegetation; abundant. H. gratiosa LeC. Body very large; skin of back granulated or glandular; color green or brown, entire back generally covered with large spots; length 60 mm.: South Carolina to Florida and Louisiana. H. baudinii Duméril & Bibron. Body large, very dark brown, green or gray in color, without spots when the shade is light or dark, but otherwise with a broad mark extending from between the eyes to the middle of the back; length 55 mm.: southwestern Texas. H. femoralis Lat. Body small, and brown or gray in color, with a triangular spot between the eyes and a large irregular blotch on the back AMPHIBIANS 167 and also a dark line on each side of the body; length 35 mm.: southeast Virginia to Florida; the Gulf States; in pine trees. H. arenicolor Cope. Body robust, gray in color with or without two or three rows of round brown spots on the back; length 42 mm.; skin rough; fingers not webbed: southwestern States from Texas and Utah into southern California. H. regilla Baird and Girard. Pacific tree frog. Body small, and gray, green, brown or red in color, with a wide black band from the nos- tril through the eye to the shoulder; either without markings or with elongated black blotches on the back and a V-shaped spot on the head; length 53 mm.: Pacific slope from Vancouver Island to Cape St. Lucas; Idaho, Nevada, Arizona; ranging from sea level to 10,000 feet elevation; in low bushes, trees, moist places on the ground, and in burrows of animals. 2. Acris Duméril and Bibron. Similar to Hyla, except that the digital disks are minute; hind toes webbed: 7 species. A. crepitans Baird (A. gryllus Le Conte). Cricket frog (Figs. 89 and 92). Body small, with a warty skin i and variable in color, being some shade of brown or py. See gray with a black triangular patch between the eyes, the ““ePians (from Park i s , i Museum Bulletin). apex of which is directed backwards, and usually 2 or 3 oblique spots on each side of the back; eyes orange; length 25 mm.; hind legs 40 mm.; toes webbed; a fold of skin over the tympanum and one across the breast: eastern and central America; northward to southern New York and Connecticut; westward to Texas and Dakota; a diurnal frog which lives in the grass and near marshy places, but not in trees. 3. Pseudacris Fitzinger (Chrophilus Baird). Swamp cricket frogs. Similar to Hyla, but without webs between the toes or very short ones, and with very small digital disks: 7 species and subspecies. Key to the Species of Pseudacris a; Size larger; dorsal markings present. by AX median stripe Or row Of SpotsS:........-...--..2-0+++-+ ak. WOSPiE, bz No median stripe or row of spots. . c; In the Appalachian area. Ste sais dio dy «.ccidl eee e e e BONEG co In the southwestern states. aa ao fits alkts ak we OF ONO, a2 Size very small; a black stripe Phconehs foo eye; no dorsal INES ILS pot pag ns) 5,0, kd ah aie onee ern. hoe oo a bie ae Ra S P. ocularis. P. nigrita (LeConte). Body coarsely granulated above and beneath, with a narrow, pointed head and long legs; color varying from black to 168 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES salmon, with 3 dark dorsal stripes or rows of spots; length 30 mm.: eastern and central States. Subspecies of P. nigrita P. n. nigrita (LeConte). Spots outlined with lighter: North Carolina to Mississippi. P. n. feriarum (Baird). Color greenish brown or gray, creamy underneath; legs longer; hind leg 40 mm. long: Virginia to New York, east of the mountains. P.n. triseriata (Wied). Legs shorter; color light ash, usually with 5 or 6 brown stripes: central States, from the Alleghenies to Arizona and Idaho. P. brachyphona (Cope). A black triangle present between the eyes, and a black band through each eye; 2 broad curved dorsal stripes; length 30 mm.: Pennsylvania to Tennessee, in the mountains. P. ornata (Holbrook). Body smooth, gray, green or reddish brown in color, with or without elongated dark spots and with a black band on each side of the body; several bright yellow spots on the sides pos- teriorly; length 35 mm.: Florida and South Carolina to Texas. P. ocularis (Holb.). Color chestnut, with a dark stripe through the eye; length 17 mm.; upper jaw edged with white: South Carolina and Georgia; the smallest American tree toad. Family 5. Ranidze.—Frogs. Medium sized or large Salientia; skin smooth; maxillary and usually vomerine teeth present; pectoral girdle firmisternal (coracoids and precoracoids do not overlap mid- ventrally) ; sacral transverse processes cylindrical; toes 4~5; no parotoid glands: about 270 species, in all the geographical regions, four-fifths of which are in Africa and India; 1 genus and about 15 species in the United States. Rana L. Toes webbed; fingers not webbed; first finger of male swollen, especially in the spring at breeding time; vomerine teeth pres- ent; a pair of conspicuous dorso-lateral glandular ridges (Figs. 93, 94 and 95) run the length of the back in most species: about 120 species, widely distributed throughout the world; 15 species in the United States, mostly diurnal and more or less terrestrial animals which live in moist situations on the ground near the water, to which they return to breed, and often also, when alarmed, for protection. The eggs are laid in the water in large jelly masses attached usually to sticks or vegetation. The tadpoles usually complete their metamorphosis the year in which they are born, but the green-frog and the bullfrog do not become adult until the following, or in many cases, the second year. The principal AMPHIBIANS 169 food of frogs is insects, worms and snails. Frogs have a considerable economic importance in consequence of the demand for the hind legs for food, large quantities of which appear in the fish markets of the large cities. Key to the United States Species of Rana a; In the States east of the Sierra Nevadas. b; Dorso-lateral ridges present (Fig. 95). c; With conspicuous rounded, elongate or squarish spots between the dorso-lateral ridges. d, Skin smooth, with usually 2 rows of spots between the dorso-lateral folds. e, Spots rounded or elongate; color tone of body POETS sires tein ee ENS hice Reh Td chow aot R. pipiens. e. Spots squarish; color tone of body brown....... R. palustris. d. Skin warty; numerous spots on the back and sides. e, Total length three times the length of head..... R. areolata. e> Total length two and a half times the length of | SG Ele gar ER tan aes CO rae ede EL ee R. @sopus. co Without large spots on the back. dmbaree aguatictrogs- head Sreeni ni oct Nive ek R. clamitans. d. Small wood-frogs; head brown. e; Length of leg to the heel exceeds total length of | S10) ONS ce os RRR Ee SY gig Mal Oe Re a ee R. sylvatica. eo Length of leg to the heel less than or equal to total HenieiwOlaD Ody emus epic erie ie it tet cxaen aa R. cantabrigensis. be Dorso-lateral ridges absent. c: Very large frogs, upwards of 200 mm. long............R. catesbeiana. co Smaller, medium sized frogs, under too mm. long. d, In the northern and eastern States. CA Cke 0 GEG Steere ee, eM epee R. septentrionalis. e, Backsplain; not mottled........:.......2/..2.;.R.. virgatipes. pip hisENenCamile SEALES) 835 Aap: Sas Se loieo Soaueyes Hane sts R. gryilo. a2 On the Pacific slope and in the Rocky Mountain region. b; Dorsolateral ridges distinct the full length of the body. c, A dark cheek patch present. d,; Cheek patch brown; white stripe from the snout to ive: Siakegsi eles STG aces Siete nak ga rr R. pretiosa. d,. Cheek patch black; white stripe from the eye to the STS hE emer OAS. RUS ee a R. aurora. Gre UO ela rie CHECK PACU ey fee eile OIE eine ele ce pe - ooo enc msegele R. onca be Dorsolateral ridges absent or indistinct or broken.......... R. boylii. R. pipiens Schreber. Leopard frog (Fig. 93). Body green, gray or brown above with light-colored dorso-lateral ridges, between which are 1 to 3 irregular rows of elongate or rounded dark spots, each edged with yellow or white; similar spots on the flanks and legs; belly white; length 170 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES go mm.; hind leg 150 mm.: North America, east of Sierras; absent from much of the Appalachian and piedmont regions; southward into Mexico; the commonest frog; in ponds, marshes and meadows, often at a con- siderable distance from water. R. palustris LeConte. Pickerel frog (Fig. 94). Body pale brown above, with 2 light dorso-lateral ridges, between which are 2 rows of Fic. 93.—Rana pipiens (from Park Fic. 94.—Rana palustris (from Park Museum Bulletin). _ Museum Bulletin). large squarish or rounded spots; the sides and legs with similar spots; beneath white in front and yellowish behind; length 70 mm.; leg 115 mm.: North America, from the Atlantic to Wisconsin, Kansas and Louisiana in small streams and ponds or in adjacent meadows. R. clamitans Latreille. Green-frog; spring-frog. Body large, usually green on the head and shoulders and brown posteriorly, and Fic. 95.—Rana sylvatica (from Dickerson). with small irregular spots; dorso-lateral ridges light; sides and legs with dark bars and spots; throat of male yellow, of female white; belly white; length roo mm.; hind leg 150 mm.: America, from the Atlantic to the Great Plains; common in ponds and streams; except the bullfrog, the most aquatic and the largest frog; development of tadpole com- pleted in the second summer. AMPHIBIANS 171 R. catesbeiana Shaw. Bullfrog. Body very large, green or greenish brown in color, being usually greener on the head and shoulders than more posteriorly; legs spotted or barred; beneath white; length 200 mm.; hind leg 250 mm.: America from the Atlantic to the Rockies, in ponds and streams; the largest and most aquatic frog, apparently rarely leaving the water; development of tadpole completed in the second or third summer; often common. R. sylvatica LeC. Wood-frog (Fig. 95). Body small and slender, with long hind legs, and brown or faun color, often with a yellowish or reddish tone; a wide dark bank on the ear passing forward to the eye, and in some cases to the snout, and backward to the shoulder; legs Fic. 96.—Rana areolata (from Dickerson). often barred; dorso-lateral ridges light; length 48 mm.; hind leg 86 mm.: America from the Atlantic to the Great Plains; southward to South Carolina; northward to Quebec; common in the east; rare in the west; the least aquatic of the frogs, being found usually in damp woods. R. areolata Baird & Girard (Fig. 96). Body brown or olive in color, mottled or speckled with lighter and covered with rounded dark spots; skin rough and warty; length 75 mm:; hind leg 150 mm.: Texas, and northward in the Valley of the Mississippi into Ilinois and Indiana. R. @sopus Cope. Gopher frog. Body short and squat, with a very large head; color gray or brown, with large black spots on the back and side; length 62 mm.; hind leg 74 mm.: South Carolina to Florida and Louisiana; often hiding in holes in the ground. R. cantabrigensis Baird. Body small and similar to R. sylvatica in size and coloration, but with shorter legs; length 52 mm.; hind leg 70 mm.:northern North America from Michigan to Alaska and Hudson Bay; habits similar to those of R. sylvatica. 172 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES R. septentrionalis Baird. Mink frog. Body small, rather stout, light olive in color with mottlings of darker; legs blotched or banded; belly light yellow; length 56 mm.; hind leg 97 mm.: Canada; northern New England to Minnesota. R. virgatipes Cope. Body small, with short legs and large ear and eye; color brown, with 4 narrow longitudinal stripes; throat yellow; sides yellowish brown, with large spots; belly white, spotted with brown; length 55 mm.: in pine barrens, New Jersey to Georgia. R. grylio Stejneger. Body large, green in color in front and olive behind, with many irregular black spots; beneath light, unspotted except posteriorly; length 125 mm.; tympanum large: Georgia and Florida to Louisiana. ; R. aurora B. and G. Body brown, yellowish or olive in color, often with numerous small darker spots; sides and hind legs reddish orange; belly light, mottled; skin smooth; length 75 mm.; hind leg 125 mm.: Pacific slope from Lower California to Vancouver Island; common towards the north. Subspecies of R. aurora R. a. aurora (B. and G.). Skin smooth: northern forms. R. a. draytoni (B. and G.). Skin rough: southern forms. R. onca Cope. Body rather small, green or brownish in color, with several irregular rows of dark spots on the back and sides; belly white; length 60 mm.; legs short; skin smooth: Utah and Nevada. R. boylii B.andG. Bodysmall, witha warty skin and very long legs; color brown, olive or red, with obscure round brown spots; beneath white anteriorly, yellow posteriorly; dorso-lateral ridges broad and inconspicuous; length 45 mm.; hind leg 75 mm.: California and Oregon; terrestrial. Subspecies of R. boylir R. b. boylii Baird. A light patch on the forehead: southwestern Oregon and California. R. b. mucosa Camp. Size large; ground color yellow or light brown; no light patch on the forehead: in the mountains of southern California. R. b. sierre Camp. No light patch on the head; head narrow; hind leg short: southern Sierra Nevadas. R. pretiosa (B. and G.). Body large, yellowish or reddish brown in color with 2 rows of irregular black spots between the dorso-lateral ridges; beneath light, marbled with gray; flanks and under surface of AMPHIBIANS 173 legs red; length 75 mm-: Montana and Utah, and westward to the Pacific coast; common; entirely aquatic. Family 6. Microhylidz.—Narrow-mouthed toads. Head nar- row and pointed; mouth small; no maxillary or mandibular teeth; pelvic girdle firmisternal (coracoids and precoracoids fused midven- trally) tropical toads with 4 species and 2 genera in the United States. Key to the United States Genera of Microhylidz MOOK mNIUNOme Small tMOerGle. ven ..c.:s sncleier. cers ss: shake.’ Gee ceaenes t. Microhyla. do POOL WALA: EWO TARDE CUDERCLES. fc does scccv Shs ns oa nupee ou en ee BO POCHUS. 1. Microhyla Tschudi (Gastrophyne Fitzinger). Head very narrow and pointed, much narrower than the body; skin smooth or glandular, but not warty: 3 United States species. M. carolinensis (Holbrook) (Fig. 97). Size very small; body stout; color dark brown to gray, with two reddish dorso-lateral stripes bordered by dark brown; back and sides speckled with black; length 25 mm.; hind leg 28 mm.: Virginia to Florida, and westward to Texas; northward in the Mississippi Valley to southern Indiana. M. areolata (Strecker). Color light gray above, marbled with brown; under surface light gray, with closely placed pale spots; skin | | of back highly glandular; length Fic. 97.-—Microhyla carolinensis (from Dickerson). 22 mm.: southeastern Texas. M. olivacea (Hallowell) (G. texensis Girard). Color gray or brown- ish above, speckled or spotted with black spots tending to form longi- tudinal rows; skin of back smooth: Texas, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Kansas. 2. Hypopachus Keferstein. Head small; body large; limbs short; no vomerine teeth: 6 species. H. cuneus Cope. Color light brown or grayish brown, sometimes tinged with olive, with a pale median vertebral line; length 41 mm.; hind leg 46 mm.: southwestern Texas. 2. The Eggs and Larve. In the identification of the freshly laid egg-masses of frogs and toads the first feature to be examined is the form 174 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES and condition of the jelly in which the eggs are imbedded and its location in the water; the time of the year when the eggs are found is also of importance, whether in the early spring, the later spring or the summer. The egg is a spherical body ranging from o.g mm. to 2.4 mm. in diam- eter, in the different species, which has two distinct surfaces, the dark, pigmented upper surface, or animal pole, and the white or yellow under surface, or vegital pole; the pigmented portion is much the larger in extent. The egg is surrounded immediately by a spherical envelope of jelly, inside of which and next to the egg is, in most species, a second or inner envelope. Key to the Eggs of some of the common Eastern Frogs and Toads a, Eggs laid in a single row within a long spiral chord of jelly which lies on the bottom or is looped around plants or sticks; diameter of chord 3.4 to 4 mm.; number of eggs 4,000 to 7,000; season of egg laying April, May and June. Bufo americanus. a» Eggs laid in a mass or singly. b, Eggs laid in a firm consistant mass around sticks, twigs, etc., or free, and usually near the surface of the water. c, Inner jelly envelope of egg small and distinct. d, Vegital pole of egg yellow; animal pole brown; egg mass globular; season of egg laying April and first half of May; number of eggs 2,000 to OA os Pee ate RIS Renee A lune Berke eee ie Pano Rana palustris. dy Vegital pole of egg white; animal pole brown; egg mass elongate; season of egg laying latter part of March to middle of May; number of ERPSUs ROO LOM SOO ie wats Jace vey ser aie Rana pipiens. co Inner jelly envelope of egg large and indistinct, or apparently absent; vegital pole of egg white; ani- mal pole black; egg mass globular; season of egg laying middle of March to end of April; number OPEL ES 2000 TO 1F2000 7.8 Sana abene aie eee Rana sylvatica. bs Eggs laid in large loose masses or in small bunches or singly. c, Eggs laid in large loose masses at or near the surface of the water; vegital pole of egg white; animal pole black. d, Eggs laid usually in one continuous film, one or two eggs thick, on the surface of the water, among plants; season of egg laying latter part of May to middle of August; inner jelly enve- lope of egg distinct, elliptical in shape; number Of EB 9s 3,510 A,0007 ra ie eee Rana clamitans. d. Eggs laid either in a wide film or in an irregular mass attached to vegitation or to sticks; season AMPHIBIANS 175 of egg laying middle of June to middle of July; no individual jelly envelope to egg; number of EG RGni2 OOOMLO 2O;0OO weiss 'y'ss cae oe eee Rana catesbeiana. co Eggs laid in small bunches or singly. d, Egg with 2 jelly envelopes, the inner one distinct; vegital pole of egg yellowish or cream; eggs laid in small bunches (4 to 25) on surface of water either attached or free; season of egg laying middle of May to middle of June; num- WEE Gh Eres 1, SOOO 2,000), sensei tiy Hosta atewaes Hyla versicolor. d. Egg with but one jelly envelope; vegital pole of egg white. e; Eggs laid in bunches (20 to 100) attached to sticks and grass beneath the surface of the water; season of egg laying middle of March to middle of April; number of eggs 500 to BOGE ee ate Gin Mle Soca ee 8 Pseudacris triseriatus. eo Eggs laid singly or in small bunches (4 to 12) attached to grass beneath the surface of the water; season of egg laying middle of March to May; number of eggs 800 to 1,000...... Hyla crucifer. In the identification of the well-grown tadpoles the features to be first noticed are the relative size and color of the body and the relative size and color of the tail. The position of the spiracle, through which the respiratory water is discharged, the position of the anus and the number of rows of labial teeth, which are situated above and below the mouth, are also important. Key to the Tadpoles of some of the common Eastern Frogs and Toads ai Anus median; spiracle sinistral; tail cloudy, translucent, rounded at the end; belly very dark, iridescent; greatest IRE one a0 0 a ae eine ie a ey Goa at ea DENN oa A Bufo americanus. a2 Anus dextral; spiracle sinistral; greatest length over 30 mm. b; Eyes lateral in position, being visible from the ventral as well as from the dorsal aspect of the body; upper caudal crest extends almost to the eyes. c, Tail covered with black blotches and scarlet or ver- malonin, Colors belly. whites wer. Meee re ee Hyla versicolor. c. Tail heavily pigmented with black blotches on the outer Bages; belly cream, IrideSCemin weetne, eat ie). ..0¢.. 3. Anguide. d2 No such lateral fold. e: Body large and thick; no femoral pores........ e2 Body very small and slender; femoral pores present or not. f, Femoral pores present. g: No movable eyelids; pupils vertical...... 6. Xantustide. go Eyelids movable; pupils round........... 7. Tetide. ize eniOral Pores abSentase- ses, .fo2 poe eee . Scincide. a2 Legs wanting; body vermiform. b; Aconspicuous lateral fold; eye and ear opening present... 3. Anguide. bo No lateral fold present. c; Scales non-imbricate, in rings; no eye or ear opening.. 9. Amphisbenide. C2 Scales imbricate, not in rings; no ear opening; eye PaLreley) 7) SR alte ce U. graciosa. be Tail shorter; 1 or 2 rows of small scales on the middorsal line, between the rows of enlarged scales. c; Lateral caudalscales small and:smooth..24549.2 eaeee U. levis. co Lateral caudal scales larger and more sharply keeled... . . U. ornata. U. mearnsi Stejneger. Size large; length 230 mm.; tail 150 mm.: western border of the Colorado desert, in rocky situations. U. stansburiana B. & G. (Fig. 103). Length 120 mm; tail 60 mm.; color dark green or gray, with rows of small light and dark blotches on Fic. 103.—Femoral pores on hind leg and scales of back of Uta stansburiana: 1, femoral pores (from Cope). the back which are surrounded by scattered bluish dots: western Texas to California; northward into Utah, Idaho and Oregon; very common in deserts. Subspecies of U. stansburiana U.s. stansburiana B. and G. In northerly portion of range. U. s. stejnegert Schmidt. In the central portion of the range. U. s. hesperis Richardson. In the western portion of the range. U. graciosa (Hallowell). Length 200 mm.; tail 140 Fic. 104, MM; color gray or reddish, with a series of dark, wavy Scales of back cross bars on each side: southern California, Arizona and of Uta ornata : (from Cope). Nevada; lives in small trees and bushes. U. levis Stejneger. Six middorsal rows of enlarged scales; color uniform pale with markings: New Mexico, canyons south- eastern Utah and western Colorado. U. ornata B. and G. (Fig. 104). Length 150 mm.; color gray, with wavy black cross bands: western Texas to southern California; north- ward into Utah. REPTILES 187 Subspecies of U. ornata U. 0. ornata B. and G. In Texas. U. o. linearis Baird. In southern Arizona. U. 0. symmetrica Baird. In the Colorado desert. 9g. Sceloporus Wiegmann. Spiny swifts. Small, active lizards with large-keeled, sharply pointed and bristling scales; large supraocular scales present; ear distinct; no neck fold: about 35 species, mostly in desert regions of tropical America, several species, not here mentioned, entering the United States from Mexico. Key to the more common United States Species of Sceloporus a; A single row of large supraocular scales, bordered on each | side by a single row of small scales. b, Median row of small scales extending around forward two-thirds only of cresentic margin of supraocular IOPILES MAIR eee as tate Ge Seats ie senate has Salar SOs (ee S. clarkii. by. Median row of small scales extending completely AL OMHCLCLESCMUIG MArelNies fc. ee fae se cise skis cs SPENOSUS a2 A single row of large supraocular scales, bordered by a single median and 2 ventral rows of small scales (Fig. 105). b, A broad black color on the sides of the neck.......... S. jarrovii. bs. No collar present. c: In the Great Basin and Pacific region.............S. occidentalis. co In the Great Plains region and west to California. .S. consobrinus. c3 In central and east-central Florida................S. woodi. a; Supraocular plates similar to a2, but wrinkled and some- times with 3 ventral rows of small scales.......... .S. undulatus. as Two rows of supraocular scales, bordered ARSE by 1 and below by 1 or 2 rows of small scales. b, A broad, black collar round the neck................ S. torquatus poinsettt. baw Noreollar. presenti... 2) spt sewn diet Sea wees tae Ris same S. graciosus. S. undulatus (Latreille). Pine lizard; fence lizard; swift (Fig. 106). Length 140 mm.; tail 70 mm.; scales large and rough; color grayish or greenish, with a series of black, wavy cross bars on the back and a pale band extending backward from the eye on each side: from the Atlantic to the Pacific; from New Jersey, Michigan and Oregon southward; common; in dry, sandy places, especially in pinelands; tail very brittle. S. clarkiit Baird & Girard. Length 220mm.; tail 120 mm.; color gray or brown, with dark transverse bands; a green spot in each scale on the back; broad black collar interrupted above: New Mexico, Arizona and Mexico; common. 188 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES S. consobrinus B. and G. Similar to S. undulatus, but with 2 pale lateral stripes instead of cross bars and smooth head scales: Dakota to Texas and westward to California; common. S. spinosus Wiegmann. Similar to S. undulatus, but 250 mm. long, with coarsely bristling scales, with a broad, pale band on each side and an oblong black patch on each shoulder: Florida to New Mexico and Mexico. S. graciosus B. and G. Color brown or olive, pre [ | a with 2 yellow stripes on each side enclosing a dark BSNS ye? band and a round black spot in front of each fore 2 leg: Great Basin region, from Oregon and Idaho to Nevada and southern California; common. S. torquatus poinsetti B.and G. Length 250mm.; Bee A eet aee tail 110 mm.; body stout; tail short and blunt; scales of Sceloporus occi- very coarse and pointed; color dull olive with dentalis (from Cope). 4 broad, black collar bordered with yellow: Texas to Arizona and Mexico. S. jarrovii Cope. Length 177 mm.; tail 80 mm.; color bluish black, with a light spot on each scale and a broad black spot on each side of the neck: southern Arizona. S. occidentalis B. and G. (Fig. 105). Length 200 mm.; tail 100 mm.; color greenish gray, with 2 rows of wavy cross bars on the back; legs very long: the Great Basin and mountain ranges of the Pacific region Fic. 106.—Sceloporus undulatus (from Fowler). from Oregon and Idaho to Nevada and southern California; common in rocky districts. S. woodi Stejneger. Length 103 mm.; tail 65 mm.; fourth toe extremely long: central and east-central Florida. REPTILES 189 10. Phrynosoma Wiegmann. Horned toads; horned _ lizards. Body short, wide and flattened; tail short; hinder border of head armed with long, sharp, horn-like spines; long spines also often along the sides of the body and tail: about 17 species, in the desert regions of the south- west and of Mexico; terrestrial, living largely on insects; viviparous; harmless. Key to the United States Species of Phrynosoma a; Tympanum not covered with scales. b; Horns long and large (Fig. 107); 2 rows of enlarged marginal spines on the sides of the body. Greta neiGreate Plains region, specs) crea Soe cdo cans, sreveme ee P. cornutum. (nial (rah ed noha ot: a Meena te ee iit no” Nae fn ek Ben art a MA a an P. blainvillii. Cpe TD Ae AO Pree eae eee Mec et essen PAE ava aero Ske P. solare. be Horns small or rudimentary (Fig. 108); 1 row of marginal spines or none. ci Notenlarged marginal spines’ present... .....--52 i224) Ps. . P. modestum. Cc. One row of enlarged marginal spines present.............P. douglassit. ao Tympanum covered with scales. ba tlarns shoris GO tO0"etemoral Pores yo.cn a ee cee Pees P. platyrhinos. ba Hors lonp: 6-to/20 femoral pores:). 7... 222. 22 nee 2 a Pm calli, P. cornutum (Harlan). Common horned toad (Fig. 107; Fig. 109). Length 150 mm.; tail 45 mm.; width of body 60 mm.; color gray, spotted with brown and with a median yellow band; head spines very long: Kansas and Nebraska to Texas and Colorado; common. Q ae N Y as (/ Fic. 107.—Head of Phrynosoma Fic. 108.—Head of Phrynosoma cornutum (from Cope). hernandest (from Cope). P. blainvillit Gray. Length 150 mm.; tail 56 mm.; color light brown: California, southward and eastward of San Francisco; common. Subspecies of P. blainvillit P. b. blainvillit Gray. Southern California; Lower California. P.b. frontale Van Denburgh. In the northern portion of the range. Igo VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES P. solare Gray. Length 140 mm.; tail 51 mm.; 4 equally long occi- pital horns form with the lateral horns an uninterrupted series: deserts of Arizona; westward to Tucson. P. modestum Girard. Length 95 mm.; color yellowish brown, sometimes pinkish, with a black patch on each side of the nape: Texas to Arizona; common. | : 4a, . * Saat Bee Fic. 109.—Phrynosoma cornutum (from Ditmars). P. douglassii (Bell). Length too mm.; tail 26 mm.; color brown, with 2 rows of large dark blotches on the back; horns rudimentary; abdominal scales smooth: Oregon and Washington; Rocky Mountains and Great Basin; common. Subspecies of P. douglassi P. d. douglassit (Bell). In Washington and Oregon. P. d. ornatum Girard. In the Salt Lake Basin. P. d. hernandesi (Girard) (Fig. 108). Length 94 mm.; tail 30 mm.; color yellowish or brown, with a row of large, obscure middorsal spots: in the Rocky Mountains; common. P. d. ornatissimum (Girard). Length 124 mm.; color yellowish, sometimes pinkish, with 2 rows of large dark brown spots on the back: in the Great Basin and the Grand Canyon region. REPTILES IQ! P. d. brevirostre (Girard). Length 94 mm.; color similar to P. d. orna- tissimum: on the northern Great Plains. P. platyrhinos Girard. Length 120 mm.; tail 40 mm.; color pinkish gray or brown, with dark cross bands on the back; a large dark patch on each side of the nape; scales small and smooth; tympanum covered: eastern California and the Great Basin from Idaho to Arizona; common. P. m’callii (Hallowell). Length 100 mm.; tail 34 mm.; color gray with a narrow middorsal line with 2 rows of round spots on each side: deserts of the lower Colorado; rare. Family 3. Anguidz.—Elongated, often more or less snake-like lizards with weak legs or without any; tongue bifid and extensile; teeth pleurodont; body with a conspicuous lateral fold: about 44 species, in the New and Old Worlds, many in Mexico and Central America, 7 in the United States. Key to the United States Genera of Anguide AU OUS CRS OE PSEM Gy tenuate ee a no Lidice. (abe) ode She She wok the silos. 1. Gerrhonotus. Cpe CP a weal tte: enh eee ere Sep h ela ote Hin aes coda sae eae OPNISQUTUS. 1. Gerrhonotus Wiegmann. Slender lizards with 2 pairs of weak legs; ears distinct; no femoral pores; tail long and brittle: 19 species, 6 in the United States. Key to the United States Species of Gerrhonotus ai In the Pacific States. b; Dark ventral lines between the longitudinal rows of scales present or absent. c: Dorsal scales strongly keeled, in 16 longitudinal rows. dyenVeimperal -SCAlestSiMOOEM ese opie 28) as, hes elas sods G. ceruleus. de Lower temporaliscales keeled?) . Vi.6 759) 38-02 Sos G. palmeri. ce Dorsal scales weakly keeled, in 14 rows............... G. principis. be Dark ventral lines on the middle of the longitudinal rows of scales; dorsals strongly keeled, in 14 rows...........G. multicorinatus. a2 In the southwestern States; scales obscurely keeled. b, Back with alternating black and white bars..............G. kingii. be; Back with afew obscure crossbars...) 21-1 saa kone G. infernalis. G. ceruleus Wieg. Length 290 mm.; tail 180 mm.; color brown or olive with numerous dark cross bands, spotted with white; dorsal scales strongly keeled and in about 16 regular rows: coast region of California, chiefly north of San Francisco. G. palmeri Stejneger. Similar to P. ceruleus but much less elon- gated and with a different coloration, being either uniform dark olive brown dotted with black and white on the sides or pale bluish drab Ig2 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES clouded with irregular blotches: central California, on the slopes of the Sierra Nevada. G. principis (Baird & Girard). Length 300 mm.; tail 190 mm.; color light brown, with a middorsal series of irregular dark blotches; dorsal scales obscurely keeled and in 14 rows: western Washington, Oregon and Vancouver Island. G. multicorinatus (Blainville). Length 270 mm.; tail 160 mm.; color brown or gray with ro to 14 dark rings across the back, and spotted with white; dorsal scales strongly keeled and in 14 longitudinal rows: California; common. G. kingii Gray. Body very small and slender; color light yellowish olive; back with to broad black bars, each with a whitish bar behind; tail with 30 half rings; sides with narrow black bars: New Mexico and Arizona. G. infernalis Baird. Body very small, depressed; tail twice the length of the head and body; color light olive with 7 or 8 obscure dark bars; dorsal scales keeled, lateral scales smooth: southern Texas. 2. Ophisaurus Daudin. Body snake-like, without legs; eyelids well developed; ear distinct, but small; tail longer than the body: 1 species. O. ventralis (L.). Glass snake. Length 670 mm.; tail 400 mm.; color brown or greenish with a median and 2 lateral stripes; tail very brittle, whence the name of glass snake; to be distinguished from a snake by the eyelids, the ears and the scaly belly: southern and central States; northward into Virginia, Indiana and Wisconsin; westward to Nebraska and Texas and Mexico; common in dry meadows, where it feeds on insects and worms. Family 4. Anniellide.—Elongate, legless lizards with a cylindri- cal body and no external ear-opening; eye a narrow slit: 1 genus and 2 species. Anniella Gray. With the characters of the family: 2 species. A. pulchra Gray. Length 180 mm.; tail 6 mm.; color gray or brown with 3 dark lines; abdomen yellowish: coastal region of southern California. Family 5. Helodermatide.—Large, thick-bodied lizards with brightly colored bodies, covered with small bead-like tubercles; tail short; poison fangs in the lower jaw: 1 genus. Heloderma Wiegmann. With the characters of the family: 2 species. H. suspectum Cope. Gila monster. Length 470 mm.; tail 150 mm.; color black or purplish, with large, more or less transverse pink REPTILES 193 or yellowish blotches: deserts of Arizona and New Mexico; the only poisonous lizard in the country or the world. Family 6. Xantusiide.—Diminutive, cylindrical lizards with very short legs, and granular scales on the sides and back; belly covered with plates; 3 folds of skin on the throat; eye usually very large and without eyelids; pupil vertical: about 5 species; in desert regions. -Xantusia Baird. With the characters of the family: 4 species in the United States. X. henshawi Stejneger. Length 140 mm.; tail 85 mm.; color blackish brown, irregularly marbled with cream-colored lines: southern California. Fic: 110.—Cnemidophorus sexlineatus (from Ditmars). X. riversiana Cope. Length 175 mm.; tail 87 mm.; color gray or brown, spotted with brown or black: San Nicholas, San Barbara and San Clemente Islands. X. vigilis Baird. Length 85 mm.; tail 45 mm.; color gray, yellow or brown, speckled with brown: southeastern California; southern Nevada; common in and beneath fallen yucca trees. _ Family 7. Teiidz.—Elongated lizards with a deeply bifid tongue and sometimes rudimentary legs: 1 genus in the United States. Cnemidophorus Wagler. Race runners. Body slender; tail long and tapering; scales granular above, plated beneath: 4 species in the United States. C. sexlineatus (L.) (Fig. 110). Swift. Length 250 mm.; tail 175 mm.; color dark brown, with 6 yellow stripes on the body; belly bluish or greenish: Maryland to Florida; westward to Colorado; up the Missis- sippi Valley to Lake Michigan and South Dakota; common towards the south; remarkable for its swiftness. C. sackii Wiegmann (C. gularis Baird & Girard). Similar to C. sexlineatus, but with a row of pale dots between each two stripes: Oklahoma and Texas to Arizona and Utah. Ig4 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES Subspecies of C. sack C. s. sackii Wieg. Six stripes present: in Texas and Oklahoma. C. s. perplexus Wieg. Seven stripes present: in New Mexico, Arizona, Colorado and Utah. C. tessellatus (Say). Length 450 mm.; tail 300 mm.; color dark olive, with 4 to 7 yellow stripes in the young animal; back marbled or blotched: in the adult western Texas to California; northward into Colorado and central California; common in dry sandy places. C. hyperythrus Cope. Length 200 mm.; only one fronto-parietal plate; 4 lateral stripes: southern California. Family 8. Scincidge.—Skinks. Small, active lizards with smooth scales underlaid with bony plates; head covered with symmetrical plates; tongue free, notched in front; eyelids well developed; pupil round; legs present or absent: about 200 species; cosmopolitan; ovo- viviparous; about 14 species in the United States. Key to the Genera of Scincidz a; Legs and digits normal. b; Paired scales above the nasals (supranasals); lower eyelid SRADYA ro Eee PUG torn Sep amd At cite BGs ge cche Senate oaetiore ate ees 1. Eumeces. b. No supranasal scales; lower eyelid with transparent disk...... 2. Leiolopisma. ao Leas diminutive; toes: reduced! im numbers sess ee 3. Neoseps. 1. Eumeces Wiegmann. Body small, with glossy, shining scales; lower eyelid scaly; palate with teeth: 30 species, in America, Africa and Asia; 14 species in the United States; diurnal; terrestrial. Key to the Species of Eumeces a, In the eastern States. b; Scales on body in 28 or more rows; color uniform or with Ey MMM EP SETUP ES) ueain artnet poe + sich ae enc ee ate eae E. fasciatus. be Scales on body in 22 or 24 rows; not more than 4 white stripes. c; Scales in 24 rows; legs meeting on sides: in the Appa- lachtan IMiountains Aalst oe Xi «+ - o---sie cele BD RD EO TVS), E. septentrionalis Baird. Body stout; tail seven-fourths the length of the body; color light green with 4 dorsal black stripes and a lateral black stripe on each side between 2 white ones: Minnesota, Iowa, Oklahoma, Nebraska and Kansas. E. fasciatus (L.) (E. quinquelineatus L.). Blue-tailed skink; scorpion (Figs. 99, 111). Length 240 mm.; tail 130 mm.; color black in youth Fic. 111.—Eumeces fasciatus (from Fowler). (roo mm.) with 5 dorsal yellow stripes on body and a blue tail, brown or olive in adult males with the stripes faint or absent and the head red: Massachusetts to Florida; westward to Arizona; up the Mississippi Valley to Canada; rare and small (150 mm.) towards the north; common in the south. E. obsoletus Baird and Girard. Body large, 300 mm. long; color light olive; young black with 5 faint stripes: Kansas to Colorado, Arizona and Texas; southward into Mexico. E. anthracinus Baird. Length 157 mm.; tail ror mm.; color dark olive green, with 2 light lines on each side between which is a black band; tail bluish: Appalachian region, New York to North Carolina; common. E. multivirgatus Hallowell. Body cylindrical; legs far apart; tail three-halves the length of the body; color pale olive with 4 or 5 stripes on each side: Nebraska to northern Texas, Colorado and New Mexico. 196 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES E. pluvialis (Cope). Body small and rather stout with 4 green stripes; belly green: Alabama, Missouri, Arkansas, Kansas and Texas. E. egregius Baird. Body very small and vermiform; legs small and weak; length roo mm.; color reddish or greenish, with 4 white stripes southern Florida and the Keys. E. skiltonianus B. & G. Length 150 mm.; tail 90 mm.; color olive green, with a dark band bordered by a white line above and below on each side; body with 26 rows of scales: Washington to Lower California; Nevada and Utah; common. 2. Leiolopisma Duméril & Bibron. Body elongate, small, cylin- drical ear-opening very large, exposed; legs very small; lower eyelid with a transparent disk; palate toothless: 28 species, cosmopolitan, 1 in America. Fic. 112.—Leiolopisma unicolor (from Ditmars). L. unicolor (Harlan) (L. laterale Say) (Fig. 112). Length 80 mm.; tail 40 mm.; color olive brown, sometimes irregularly spotted, with a black band edged with white on each side; abdomen yellow; tail blue below: southern New Jersey to Florida, westward to Kansas and Texas; rare in the north, abundant in the south; terrestrial. 3. Neoseps Stejneger. Body vermiform; fore leg rudimentary, with a single digit; hind leg very weak, with 2 digits; ear hidden: 1 species. N. reynoldsi Stej. Length 85 mm.; tail 27 mm.; color drab, each scale with a brown spot, these spots forming 4 dark stripes on the back and a broad lateral stripe on each side: Lake County, Florida, burrowing in the ground. Family 9. Amphisbeznide.—Vermiform lizards without legs, scales or external ear-opening; teeth pleurodont; eyes concealed; body ringed: 60 species, 1 in the United States. Rhineura Cope. With the characters of the family: 1 species. R. floridana (Baird). Length 220 mm.; tail 170 mm.; color lavender: Florida; burrowing in soft soil and with the appearance of a large earthworm. Order 3. Serpentes.—Snakes. Very elongate reptiles, covered with horny imbricate scales, and without limbs, tympanum or external ear-opening, or functional eyelids. The bones of the jaws are very REPTILES 197 loosely articulated with one another and with the cranium, so that the mouth can be stretched to a remarkable degree. The vertebra are proccelous, giving the body great flexibility, those in front of the anus, except the atlas, all bearing ribs, those back of the anus being without ribs but bearing long transverse processes. Acrodont teeth are always present; in poisonous snakes usually a single pair of maxillary teeth are much elongated and form the poison fangs, of which 3 types are observed in American snakes: 1. Those of the opisthoglyph snakes, belonging to the family Colubride@, in which there are one or more pairs of elongate and grooved but not perforated fangs at the rear of the upper jaw; (2) those of the elapine snakes, belonging to the family Elapide, in which there is a pair of short rigid fangs in the front of the upper jaw, which are perforated by a poison canal and also grooved on the outer surface; and (3) those of the viperine snakes, belonging to the family Crotalide, in which there is a pair of very long perforated fangs in the front of the upper jaw, which lie against the roof of the mouth when not in action. The tongue is long and forked and protrac- tile; it can be thrust out of the closed mouth, and is an important tactile organ. The scales are arranged in a definite number of rows, and are either keeled (i.e., with a median longitudinal ridge called the keel) or not keeled. The scales on the ventral surface differ in most snakes from those on the dorsal and lateral surfaces, forming a single row of transverse plates called the ventrals or gastrosteges where they occur in front of the anus, and either a single or a double row called the sub- caudals or urosteges where they lie back of it. The ventrals bear a relation to the ribs and are of assistance in locomotion inasmuch as the animal can move them and thus advance the body over a roughened surface; the ventral immediately in front of the anus is either divided in two or not, and is called the anal plate. Habits and Distribution.— Most snakes are oviparous, although many species are ovoviviparous. They feed almost exclusively on live animals or on animals they have recently killed; a few. tropical snakes, however, are herbivorous. The poisonous snakes kill their prey with their poison and the constrictor snakes by crushing before swallowing it; other snakes do not stop to kill the prey but swallow it alive. Snakes live in a great variety of localities, some species being terrestrial, others arboreal; a large number are aquatic, some living in the open sea. Many species are brightly colored, especially in the tropics, but in none has metachrosis, so common among lizards, been observed. 198 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES On the Identification of Snakes.—The length in millimeters of an average adult specimen from the tip of the snout to the tip of the tail anes seatatane ealntet tate atatant Satacetasnens woe Resencberevone = ‘evonntate tues piacetena tons eer Fic. 113.—A portion of the skin of Lampropeltis getulus, showing 23 rows of coat (ree Blanchard). and also the length of the tail alone, are first given, followed by a Fic. 114.—A por- tion of the ventral surface of sea erythrogrammus: ventrals; 2, anal sites (which is here di- vided); 3, anus; 4, subcaudals (from Cope). description of its coloration.’ Those scales which lack the keel are said to be smooth, and these are ea usually much more glistening than keeled scales, which are dull in appearance. In some snakes -2 only the dorsal scales are keeled, while those of the sides are smooth. The number of rows of scales (Fig. 113) is always important in the description; the number of ventrals is also often important; also the number of subcaudals, and whether a single or a double row is present. Whether the anal plate is single or divided is a very important character (Fig. 114). In most species both dorsal and ventral sur- faces of the head are covered with symmetrical plates, which are often important in descriptions (Fig. 115). About 2,400 species of snakes are known, of which 126 species occur in the United States, grouped in 5 families. Key to the Families of Serpentes ai No ventrals present, the belly covered with scales; eyes covered “with*Scales 3. 2% ats m sree kee ee er ncaa ds 1. Leptotyphlopide. a2 Ventrals present; eyes not covered with scales. b; No elongate poison fangs in front part of mouth. REPTILES 199 c; Subcaudals undivided, forming a single row; scales on Shines Wome tates Meester. 5's cal sae cee eee 2 oD OLE C2 Subcaudals divided, forming 2 rows (except in Rhino- cheilus) ; one or two pairs of enlarged elongate shields onthe miadle lineof the Chim) ....4: 5.02 on) bates 3. Colubride. be Elongate poison fangs present in front part of mouth. c, Head not distinct from neck; no pit between eye and MUS LEN rnc aire ceten ete cake metas cifras $16 3 = « wip lanree 4. Elapide. co Head very distinct; a pit between eye and nostril (Fig. TES NS Sta AR pry cant oer cg Rane et Se 5. Crotalide. Fic. 115.—Head of snake (Coluber constrictor) showing the plates: 1, frontal; 2, parietals 3, supraoculars; 4, prefrontals; 5, internasals; 6, preoculars; 7, loreal; 8, postocular; 9, ros- tral; 10, upper labials; 11, temporals; 12, nasals; 13, lower labials (from Hay). Family 1. Leptotyphlopidz.—Small, blind, worm-like snakes with rudiments (not visible) of hind legs and a pelvic girdle: 1 genus and 3 species in the United States. 200 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES 1. Leptotyphlops Fitzinger. Several species; 3 in the United States. L. dulcis (Baird and Girard). Supraocular plates present; length 200 mm.; tail ro mm.; color pale brown above; white beneath; scales in 14 rows: Texas, Oklahoma and New Mexico; burrowing in soft soil, often in ant-hills. L. humilis (Baird and Girard). Body like preceding; supraocular plates absent: Arizona and southern California. Family 2. Boidze.—The Boas. Mostly large, arboreal constrictor snakes in which rudiments of hind legs and a pelvic girdle are present in form of a pair of spurs near the anus; scales smooth: many species, cosmopolitan; 2 species in the United States, both small. The family includes the boa-constrictors of South America and the pythons of Africa, Asia and the East Indias, which are the largest snakes, reach- ing a length of 35 feet. 1. Lichanura Cope. Form stout; tail obtuse; head covered with scales: several species. L. roseofusca Cope. Length 788 mm.; tail 115 mm.; rows of scales 33 to 42; ventrals 229; subcaudals 49; color bluish gray or brown; abdomen red: southern California and Arizona. 2. Charina Gray. Small snakes with very small scales; head covered with plates: 2 species. C. botte (Blainville). Rubber snake; ball snake. Length 600 mm.; tail 70 mm.; color brown or gray, yellow beneath; tail very blunt; rows or scales 42 to 47; upper labials 9 to 11; ventrals 200: California, Washington, Nevada, Utah, Wyoming and Montana; common in humid regions, feeding on mice, etc. Family 3. Colubridz.—Snakes with many conical teeth in both jaws; without poison fangs in the front part of the mouth, but certain genera, the opisthoglyph snakes,* are poisonous, one or more pairs of teeth at the rear of the upper jaw being elongate and grooved and forming the poison fangs, (however, no cases of injury to man by these snakes in the United States have yet been reported; Tantilla and Sonora are so small that they are probably harmless); top of head covered with symmetrical plates; a single row of ventrals and usually a double row of subcaudals present; no rudimentary hind limbs; eyes well developed: 1,300 species, in all the tropical and temperate regions of the world; over 100 species in the United States. *The opisthoglyph genera in the United States are the following: Oxybelis, Sonora, Tantilla, Coniophanes, Leptodeira, Trimorphodon. REPTILES 201 Key to Genera of Colubridae (Several genera appear more than once in this key) a; Some or all of scales on body keeled. b; Anal double. Cc: Rostral pointed, upturned, and keeled above........... Heterodon. c. Rostral normal. d, Loreal, preoculars and two internasals present; head scales normal. €: Scale rows 17. fy Uniform green ‘above... os.) ...25.05........+.. Opheomrys. f. Not uniform green. Ce COWIE SCLIP eStart gr mhue Biter AS Stes Seminatrix. ge Dark with a light dot on each scale......... Drymobius. e€2 Scale rows more than 17. f,; Scales heavily keeled; 3 postoculars (if 2, scales TG Dai) MA apent orcas yO ASE UA Ma Sh ake WE Natrix. fe Scales weakly keeled; 2 postoculars; scales 25-33 Elaphe. ds Some of head scales absent. enw lsones WabSemb. cee Se eR aes Rea eee Storeria. e. Loreal present. f, A single internasal. ( aithgco) CF Echelle Oe alah ace SO RM ORE Ae Potamophis. go Scales 19-21. | nlrffadla WES oy ese ca ok eae SRR a nee sah A aH A Liodytes. Hy wING PREOCUIAP Soh diane dantcea chs gush Farancia. fp Two internasals, no preocular. Fee asi lho OY ah ga! Cl SLT ISS RRA OP rg id SU ao ae te Abastor. Pom Oa Ul PPErel alas oy: earth eae us Ae Be teas Virginia. (ET oe G5) of ve ov il SSS an eae fe act a a Potamophis. by Anal single. RqmSCales 26-36 AMOreIrOMEANS, «A ane.ny poe Obeh Sas Sans ae ences Pituophis. C2 Scales less than 209; 2 prefrontals. d, Eye in contact with labials; rostral normal. e, Upper labials more than 5; striped............... Thamnophis. eo, Upperdabialssy not Stapedey 2 eo. . soy oN Potamophis. dy Eye cut off from labials by small scales; rostral very Pare UMP OMe GEL Ls essary Sadat seats © Saget Phyllorhynchus. a2 Scales smooth (not keeled). b; Anal single. c; Eye cut off from labials by small scales; rostral very large SUG [OAR GU = arn arn aah PREIS abatiew «cng tt hs ee Phyllorhynchus. co Eye in contact with labials; rostral normal. d; Scale rows on body more numerous in the middle. €; Subcaudal plates mostly single.................. Rhinocheilus. e€2 Subcaudal plates all double. f,; Belly immaculate; rostral prominent........... Arizona. f. Belly with some markings; rostral not prominent Lampropeltis. de Scale rows on body same number throughout. Ceo (= er A aN es, 2S ach ea ee eae Drymarchon. 202 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES eo Scales 19. f, Two internasals. g, Loreal present; parietal not in contact with labials.. 3:26 orate area epee tae See eae Fie a Cemophora. g2 Loreal absent; parietal in contact with labials Stilosoma. f. One internasal......: tie OS eg ae Liodytes. by Anal double. c, Scales 19 or more. d, Two internasals. e; Preocular present. fs Pupi-round one preocilars sea.) 5) on eee Coniophanes. f. Pupil vertically elliptic; 2-3 preoculars. g; One loreal. hp Severalsnows: Gi SwOcs. sits. yeu see ree ae H ypsiglena. His ROSS DATS Cit hee Gta Pree ie ene ger an Hee Leptodeira. ar WOdlOrealsic. 5 (fom ie tieaer cies kee hate eee Trimorphodon. Ex INOsPECOCULAT Nea stacy eis RON h on eee ine foi Seely ote Abastor. d» One internasal. e}. Preocullay presente yi. pct nocecak aeeee ee oe Liodytes. Es Onpredcular..o7 in seas es serene eto eeaveas ee Farancia. co Scales 17 or less. d, Loreal present. €; 2-3 preoculars. {; dostra) enlarged ;patch-like.. (22.6.5 a4.cs< cic Salvadora. f. Rostral normal. gi 2-3 anterior temporals; lower preocular very ° small, wedged between labials............ Coluber. g» One anterior temporal; lower preocular like upper. hy Uniform grass ereeiies: .s: 1. asin teen Liopeltis. he Black with a yellow neck ring........... Diadophis. eo One preocular. f,; Scales 17. PigU Pper la Dials: 7. bros she ace te at eee eee Rhadinea. go) Upper labidlssSicce 4: « bascaetes ce oo eee ican Seminatrix. fo Scales less than 17. Pi kaTaSs STEEN A sass aes canciatac iat ee ane Liopeltis. go Not grass green. hy Belly, with black cross lines;).2.. i002. Son Contia. hy Belly immaculate or with bands that : encircle body..< 22.322. bak Se eee Sonora. e; No preocular. fp. SCales. Shy say, 2 esac cocky eet eed pee ee Virginia. fo) ‘Scales: 135-1 Wert wis's nso a Dae ee a ete Chilomeniscus. d. No loreal. e; 13 scale rows; southwestern states.............. Chilomeniscus. CASTERILASEATES coh: mess Rls ieeers aise vee nA Sem ame oe etnga od Car phophis Go ES SCALE TOWS. Nit A hush -oe prs eee ease Stein Tantilla. €3 17 scale rows. REPTILES 203 f; Small stout snakes with rostral upturned to a |0¥0%6 |S ANS Oar ier ae eee eae ear gM sce Ficimia. f. Large, extremely slim snakes, with very pointed head and rostral tapered to an acute point... Oxybelis. 1. Carphophis Gervais. Small, non-poisonous snakes without a distinct neck and with a pointed snout; no preocular; colors uniform: 2 species; terrestrial and burrowing. C. amenus (Say). Ground snake (Fig. 116). Length 260 mm.; tail 45 mm.; color brown above, pink below; eyes very small; ventrals about 128: Connecticut to Florida; west- @SieGyys ward to Illinois; often common, but secretive and rarely seen. Fic. 116.— 2. Abastor Gray. Large, brightly colored snakes IS | deh with head not distinct from body; no preocular; ventrals Cope). about 180; upper labials 7: 1 species. A. erythrogrammus (Daudin). Rainbow snake (Fig. 114). Length 1,200 mm.; tail 160 mm.; color blue-black, with 3 longitudinal red stripes; abdomen red, with 2 rows of black blotches: Virginia to the Gulf, in the coastal plain, in swampy, wooded places; burrowing; common. 3. Farancia Gray. Large, brightly colored snakes with indistinct head; no preocular; upper labials 7; ventrals about 172: 1 species. F. abacura (Holbrook). Horn snake; mud snake. Length 1,250 mm.; tail r60 mm.; color blue-black, with a series of large red spots on each side; abdomen red, blotched with black; a horny spine at the end of the tail: Atlantic and Gulf States from Virginia to Louisiana, and up the Mississippi Valley into Indiana; in wet woods, burrowing under logs and in the sand; common in the south. 4. Diadophis Baird & Girard. Ring-neck snakes. Small snakes with a flattened head and a yellow ring around the neck: 4 species; terrestrial, burrowing, feeding on earthworms, etc. Key to the Species of Diadophis a, Ventral color not covering any of the dorsal scale rows.......... D. punctatus. a2 Ventral color encroaching on the lower dorsal scale rows. Domb it beet LOVATEZONAS. 7 \oucidvtn ge Wb et kare does ck ho ee D. regalis. FULT E CIIIC SIODE)s aes: v.20 arse ase Ae sc aad See ae D. amabilis. D. punctatus (L.). Length 330 mm.; tail 70 mm.; color dark gray or black, with a yellow collar; belly orange, sometimes with black spots; ventrals about 155: United States east of the Great Plains; common. 204 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES D. amabilis B. and G. Length 430 mm.; tail 90 mm.; color bluish or greenish-black with a reddish collar; belly reddish: Oregon to Lower California; common. D. regalis B.and G. Length 600 mm.; color dark bluish-gray above; belly yellow or reddish, with many small black spots; coloration some- times faint or absent: Texas to Arizona. 5. Heterodon Latreille. Hog-nosed snakes (Fig. 117). Moderate sized snakes with a broad, upturned snout (rostral plate) and an extra plate (the azygous) back of the rostral; scales in 23 to 25 rows; ventrals Pe ESS TOPLESS BY = eS cca \— > Ihe ! ] veh Fic. 117.—Heterodon contortrix (from Cope). about 140; upper labials 8: 4 species, all in the eastern and central States; terrestrial, feeding on toads and insects and burrowing with the peculiar snout; when alarmed they dilate and flatten the neck and head while hissing loudly, and often throwing themselves into contortions or feigning death; they are harmless. Key to the Species of Heterodon a, No accessory scales around the azygous plate; scales in 25 rows. .H. contortrix. a2 Accessory scales around the axygous plate. br Seales in Os rOWSe a ootenchener s «ae aah Seneca sah eae tee eee H. simus. by *SGAles ai 24 OWS sicrs 58) cenes aid Seb Ree i oe ee H. nasicus. H. contortrix (L.) (H. platyrhinus Latreille) (Fig. 117). Puffing or spreading adder; blowing viper. Length 7oo mm.; color brown or reddish, with about 28 dark or black dorsal patches between the head and tail, and a series of similar patches on each side alternating irregu- REPTILES 205 larly with them; on the tail the blotches tend to form rings around the body; belly yellowish, blotched on the edges with black; a melanistic variety occurs which is plain black: Massachusetts to Montana, Florida and Texas; common, especially in dry, sandy places. H. nasicus Baird & Girard. Length 660 mm.; tail 70 mm.; color gray or light brown, with a dorsal and 2 lateral series on each side of small darker spots, which on the tail tend to form rings; center of abdomen black: western States from Dakota and Montana into Mexico; common in Texas and the south. H. simus (L.) (Fig. 118). Length 470 mm.; tail 80 mm.; color gray or brownish with about 35 dark brown dorsal patches alternating with smaller ones on each side; belly yellow- ish: southeastern States, from North Carolina to the Mississippi, and northward in its valley into Indiana; less common than H. contortrix. 6. Liopeltis Fitzinger. Small, green snakes with smooth scales in 15 rows; upper labials 7; ventrals 135: several species in eastern Asia, 1 in America. i wernalis- (Harlan): “Green “snake; grass’ snake. ~ qe. 33 Length 400 mm.; tail 130 mm.; color uniform green, isthe Ris lighter underneath: eastern, western and central States; westward to New Mexico; common towards the north; terrestrial, living in the grass and in shrubbery, and feeding on insects. 7. Opheodrys Fitzinger (Cyclophis Gunther). Small, green snakes with keeled scales in 17 rows; upper labials 7; ventrals 155: several species in Asia, r in America. O. estivus (L.) Green snake. Length 840 mm.; tail 320 mm.; color uniform green; belly yellow: southern New Jersey to the Gulf; westward to New Mexico and northward in the Mississippi Valley to Illinois and Kansas; common; arboreal, feeding on insects. 8. Salvadora Bairdand Girard. Slender ground snakes witha snout surmounted by a triangular rostral shield, giving it a truncated appear- ance in front; scales smooth and in 17 rows; upper labials 8: 2 species in Mexico, 1 in the United States. S. grahamie B. and G. Patch-nose snake. Length 700 mm.; tail too mm.; back with a broad yellow middorsal stripe, bordered on each side by a dark brown stripe of equal width, beneath which is a light brown band; belly yellow; ventrals about 180: western Texas to California and Utah; common, especially in rocky places. 9g. Phyllorhynchus Stejneger. Small slender snakes with a large triangular rostral shield giving the snout a truncated appearance; anal 206 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES plate single; scales in 19 rows and imperfectly keeled; upper labials 6: 2 species. P. browni Stej. Length 325 mm.; tail 42 mm.; color whitish, with 15 brown blotches on the back; belly white; scales keeled on the hinder two-thirds of the body and very faintly keeled on the forward third: southern Arizona. 10. Coluber L. (Zamenis Wagler). Blacksnakes; racers. Large, non-venomous snakes with head distinct from the neck; scales smooth, in 15 or 17 rows; upper labials 7 or 8: many species in the New and Old Worlds, 4 in the United States; active snakes which live on the ground but can also climb bushes and trees, feeding on small mammals, reptiles and frogs; they do not constrict their prey but may kill it by pressing it against the ground. Key to the Species of Coluber a; Body never striped. bio Colerblack-* Diaish Gr ereen. -vacc. pens te Scc cen sta ee C. constrictor. bo Color brown, atleast posteriorly. 1a. 2-0 eee om ee C. flagellum. a2 Body striped. bre yellow stripe.on-eachysid@ es. nn ree ie Meet. Feehs wie eee C. lateralis. Bas HOtr orive:stmpes.on each side), snschvin me oor hie weed tates C. tentatus. C. constrictor L. Blacksnake; blue racer; hoop snake (Fig. 115). Body slender; length 1,700 mm.; tail 449 mm.; greatest length 2,200 mm.; color slaty or blue-black above, greenish black to yellow beneath; chin and throat white; ventrals about 180; young animals (500 mm. long) gray in color with dorsal transverse bars and lateral spots: entire country. Subspecies of C. constrictor C. c. constrictor L. Belly black: eastern forested States; common. C. c. flaviventris Say. Belly yellow: in the plains and prairie States, north and west of the Ohio and Mississippi to the Rockies; common. C. c. mormon (Baird and Girard). Size small; color green: west of the Rockies. C. flagellum Shaw. Whip snake. Body very slender, 2,000 mm. long; tail 500 mm.; color yellowish brown to dark brown, being darker anteriorly; abdomen white or yellow, more or less blotched with brown _ anteriorly; ventrals about 190; young animals with dorsal blotches: southern States from Virginia to California; common. Subspecies of C. flagellum C. f. flagellum Shaw. Body black anteriorly: North Carolina to Oklahoma and Texas. REPTILES 207 C. f. frenatus (Stejneger). In Arizona, Utah, Nevada and California. C. f. flavi-gularis (Hallowell). In Oklahoma and Texas to New Mexico. C. lateralis (Hallowell). Length 665 mm.; tail 250 mm.; color brown above with a yellow stripe on each side, yellow below; head somewhat spotted; ventrals about 200: in western California and southern Arizona. C. teniatus (Hallowell). Body very slender, 1,280 mm. long; tail 400 mm.; color black with many yellow lines on the sides; belly white, but pink on the tail; throat spotted with black: Idaho to Texas, Arizona and eastern California; often common. 11. Elaphe Wagler (Coluber Auct.). Large, non-venomous snakes with a flat, blunt head; dorsal scales with slight keels; lateral scales smooth; scales in 25 to 29 rows: about 20 species in North America and Europe and Asia; 9 species in the United States. Key to the Species of Elaphe a; Few dorsal scale rows keeled; 2 bands from the neck cross the parietals and meet on the frontal. b; Spots bright red; belly checkered black and white; south MESLEEIaIMEMesSOULHEASEs min ncn t-ciriora cists ade lehs-alo eect cua E. guttata. ba Spots brown; belly white and gray; western...............E leta. ao Most of the scale rows keeled. b; Body spotted in color. Nee) CiaaeDIOLGOES SQUATISM wo. fe0:2 aeo.< Se ol sy Pls oiklole E. vulpina. Pa VOU SHC IGOEe MES =SMaADeG ts x s/c ses ak. cs Se cs cdo tps teed « veald's E. 0. confinis. be Body not spotted. Cr COlOmblaC Keen ey as eee ee E. o. obsoleta. c2 Color yellowish, with 4 dark stripes. Cie Need spate mlecticen) icine esr se. ge caw ns E. 0. confints. ds Neck spotsmgt oebapede es... 2 otk. ess. . -B UObpImG: AgNO EC: SPursrme ernie ernie ona cc ec aed as aes olbca E. quadrivitiata E. quadrivittata (Holbrook). Chicken snake. Length 2,000 mm.; tail 300 mm.; color yellow or light brown, with 4 dark brown or black stripes; scales in 27 rows: southeastern and Gulf States, from North Carolina to the Mississippi River; arboreal; often around chicken houses, where they feed on rats, young chickens and eggs. E. leta (Baird and Girard) (Coluber emoryi B. & G.). Length 800 mm.; tail 160 mm.; color gray, with a dorsal series of large rectangular brown blotches alternating with 2 more or less distinct smaller series on each side: Missouri and Kansas to Mexico; common towards the south. 208 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES E. guitata (L.). Corn-snake. Length 1,000 mm.; tail 160 mm.; greatest length 1,750 mm.; color reddish or yellowish brown, with a dorsal series of about 54 large red, black-bordered blotches; belly white, with black spots: south Atlantic and Gulf States from New Jersey to Louisiana; common. E. obsoleta (Say) (Fig. 119). Length 1,800 mm.; tail 300 mm.; greatest length 2,400 mm.; color black to gray, with the edges of the scales often yellow, and often a series of large dark dorsal blotches; throat white; belly dark, more or less blotched: Massa- chusetts to the Gulf; westward to Michigan and Texas; one of the UA? d i : eaescseres Supraocular not horned. b; Eye separated from labials by 1 row of scales.............. C. triseriatus. by Eye separated from labials by 2 to 5 rows of scales. c, Upper preocular small, higher than wide................C. lepidus. co Upper preocular large, much wider than high dqmeatternot short Chossipandsrobewnitce esses ee: C. willardi. d. Pattern not of white cross bands. e; Dorsal bands enclosing paired light spots; tail black..C. molossus. e. Dorsal bands not enclosing paired light spots. f; Dorsal pattern of dark chevrons; tail usually je'l Ete EPR R ain, AES, ade re Cm iret ere Be OR C. horridus. f. Dorsal pattern of more or less squarish spots or straight cross bands. gi: Large snakes with dorsal diamond markings; a light line from back of eye reaches scale row above labials at least 2 scales anterior to angle of jaw. hie NOG Garolina tomuoulstanan. se. eee C. adamanteus. ho Texas and Oklahoma to _ southeastern Gahikounitay cys eee ek ee C. atrox. hee OOuULMWwesterny ©alittornians a. 0s sees C. ruber. go A light line from back of eye (if present) reaches scale above labials only at angle of mouth, or not at all; pattern of squarish blotches or cross bands. h, Squarish blotches present, at least anter- iorly. i; Two scales on snout between nasals; 2 scales between supraoculars..........C. scutulatus. iz Four scales on snout between nasals; 4 to 6 scales between supraoculars..... C. confluentus. he Many narrow cross bars present..........C. tigris. C. horridus L. Common rattlesnake (Fig. 127). Length 1,000 mm.; tail 130 mm.; greatest length 1,750 mm.; color yellowish brown, with about 22 wide, dark brown, more or less irregular cross bands, each of which is often broken into 3 separate irregular blotches; abdomen yellowish, with black spots; melanistic coloring not uncommon; tail 224 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES of adult black; scales in 23 to 25 rows; upper labials 13 or 14: entire country east of the Great Plains; northward to Maine; southward to northern Florida; in rocky regions, feeding on rodents and birds; bite very dangerous. C. adamanteus Beauvois. Diamond-back rattlesnake. Length 1,800 mm.; tail 220 mm.; diameter of body 100 mm.; greatest length 2,500 mm.; color olive or brown, with a dorsal series of about 20 more or less irregular diamond-shaped markings, each diamond enclosing the ground color; tail ringed with black; belly yellow; scales in 27 to 29 rows; upper labials 15: Atlantic and Gulf coastal regions, from North Carolina to Louisiana, in swamps and wet woods; the largest American poisonous snake. C. atrox Baird & Girard. Length 1,300 mm.; tail 150 mm.; color gray with a dorsal series of brown, diamond-shaped spots, each bordered with 2 Se Fic. 127.—Crotalus horridus (from Cope). white; scales in 27 rows; upper labials 15 or 16: Arkansas to south- eastern California, in arid regions; a feral colony exists in Wood County, Wisconsin: common. C. molossus B. & G. Length 1,000 mm.; tail 80 mm.; color sulphur yellow, with a dorsal series of brown rhombs open at the side; tail black; scales in 29 rows: southern Texas to southern Arizona. C. ruber Cope. A large rattler very like C. atrox, but reddish, with indistinct marking: extreme southwestern California. C. cerastes Hollowell. Sidewinder. Length 480 mm.; tail 50 mm.; a pair of conspicuous horn-like projections between the eyes; color light brown, with a middorsal series of about 40 brown square spots and a lateral series of small spots on each side; scales in 21 rows; upper labials 12: deserts of southern Utah and Nevada, Arizona and eastern Cali- fornia; the popular name applies to a curious sidewise method of locomotion. C. confluentus Say. Prairie rattler. Length 960 mm.; tail 100 mm. ; body rather slender; color yellowish brown or green, with a middorsal series of about 4o irregularly rounded white-bordered brown blotches; a pale band passes from beneath the center of the eye to the angle of REPTILES 225 the mouth; scales in 25 to 27 rows; upper labials 14 or 15: the Great Plains from Canada to Texas and the entire country west to the Pacific; common, being frequently seen in prairie dog burrows, on the young of which they feed. Subspecies of C. confluentus C. c. confluentus Say. Body brightly marked with blotches: the Great Plains. C. c. lutosus Klauber. Body brightly marked with small blotches anteriorly and with narrow bars posteriorly: the Great Basin region. C. c. oregonus Holbrook. Body brightly marked with blotches: the Pacific Coast States. C. scutulatus (Kennicott). Body marked with diamonds like C. atrox; light line back of eye as in C. confluentus; large scales on top of snout: desert regions of southern Arizona and California. C. willardi Meck. A small rattler, with brightly marked head; body dull, with white cross lines: southern Arizona. C. lepidus (Kennicott). Length 555 mm.; tail 50 mm.; color green- ish with black rings at wide intervals; scales in 23 rows; upper labials 12: along the Mexican border of Texas, New Mexico and Arizona. C. triseriatus Wagler. Length 525 mm.; tail 60 mm.; color gray- ish brown, with 2 series of small brown blotches on the back; scales in 21 rows: southern Arizona. C. tigris Kenn. Length 650 mm; tail 50 mm.; color yellowish gray, with indistinct cross bands; scales in 23 or 25 rows; upper labials 13: southern Arizona. Order 4. Testudinata.—Turtles. Reptiles in which the body is wide and short, and is enclosed in a shell composed of a dorsal shield, called the carapace, and a ventral shield, the plastron. The shell, in most cases, is formed of large external, epidermal, horny plates (tortoise shell), which overlie internal bony plates. These latter consist, in the carapace, of the flattened ribs and the flattened trunk vertebrz which coalesce with overlying dermal bony plates, and are surrounded on the circumference of the shell by a series of marginal dermal bony plates; in the plastron they consist of exclusively dermal plates, there being no sternum. The carapace and the plastron are more or less firmly united by a wide bridge on each side. The head is a very solid and compact structure, and is often covered with scales. The jaws are toothless and are covered by a horny sheath which forms a cutting edge. The Trionychide are the only turtles which have fleshy lips. The eye has an upper and a lower lid and also a 226 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES nictitating membrane. The tympanum is-at the surface of the body, but in some species is hidden. The neck is long and flexible and has 8 vertebra, and together with the head can usually be retracted within the shell. Two pairs of stout, pentadactyle limbs are generally present, the toes of which are more or less webbed in the aquatic turtles. In the marine turtles the limbs are flippers, with a reduced number of toes. The tail is usually short and thick, and in many species ends with a claw. The skin covering the soft portion of the body is usually pro- vided with scales. Fic. 128.—Carapace (a) and plastron (b) of Chrysemys picta marginata, to show the plates: A, abdominal; An, anal; C, costal or lateral; D, dorsal or vertebral; G, gular; H, humeral; M, marginal; N, nuchal; P, pectoral; Pr, preanal (from Hurter). Habits and Distribution.— Most species of turtles are more or less aquatic in their habits. The land turtles, however, live exclusively on the land, and will often drown if thrown into the water; and all of them, even the giant marine turtles whose limbs are flippers, come on to land to lay their eggs. Turtles are noted for their tenacity of life. Many species can remain submerged in the water several hours without drowning. Some species have true water respiration. Species of the Trionychide, for instance, take water into the mouth and expel it regularly, when sub- merged, and a number of species have rectal respiration. Turtles feed on vegital and animal food. The land turtles feed principally on the former, but also eat grubs, worms and other small animals they can catch. The aquatic turtles usually feed mainly on animal food, which they devour under the water. The snappers and REPTILES 227 soft-shells are fierce beasts of prey, which eat large numbers of fish, water birds and other animals which frequent the water. Turtles usually breed in the late spring or early summer. All are oviviparous; the eggs are buried by the female in the sand or earth and are incubated by the heat of the sun. About 245 species of turtles are known, of which about 50 species are found in the United States; these are grouped in 6 families. On the Identification of Turtles.—The epidermal, horny plates forming the outer covering of the carapace fall into three groups, the dorsal or vertebral, the lateral or costal and the marginal plates (Fig. 128). The dorsal plates, in most turtles, form a median row of 5 plates; the lateral plates are paired and consist of a row of 4 or 5 plates on each side of the median row; the marginal plates form the margin of the cara- pace and number usually 12 pairs. The median anterior marginal is called the nuchal plate. The epidermal plates of the plastron are usually 11 or 12 in number (Fig. 128). In some turtles the epidermal plates are absent, the shell being covered with a leathery skin. The measurements used in the identification of turtles are those of the carapace, and in certain cases of the plastron also, and are always made in a straight line and not to follow the curve of the shell. Key to the Families of Testudinata a; Limbs not in the form of flippers; land and pond turtles. bi Shell covered with horny plates. c; Tail short and without dorsal tubercles; plastron large and oval. d; Plastron with 9 to 11 horny plates; a single anterior median plate; margin of carapace not flaring, but turned downwards (Fig. 130)....................1. Kimosternide. d. Plastron with 12 horny plates; an anterior pair of plates; margin of carapace flaring outwards (Fig. Bis) IS, fer a epee ets Se pee AU tobe DES Catan cl Me eA OC Re CaE 4 3. Testudinide. co Tail very long, with a dorsal row of tubercles (Fig. 129); plastron small, cross-shaped; snappers......... .2. Chelydride. by Shell not covered with horny plates, but fit a (eather aah ee So SR Aes Siar cae eeincs Suane SRE RON tae a ane ta 4. Trionychide. a2 Limbs in the form of flippers; size very large; sea turtles. Daasneuecovered with horny platess: i.) os an Cee seve es 5. Chelontide. b. Shell not covered with horny plates, but with a leathery SRG rs ayaa isis 3% brain ae aParmtanearc as” facet Oe ee 6. Dermochelide. Family 1. Kinosternide.—Mud and musk turtles. Rather small, aquatic turtles with an elongate body; carapace elliptical, with 23 marginal plates, usually smooth, without a flaring edge (Fig. 130); 228 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES plastron well developed, with movable anterior and posterior lobes, covered with g to 11 plates and joined with the carapace by narrow bridges; toes 5-5; claws 5-4; feet webbed; head pointed; jaws strong: 14 species, all American, 7 in the United States, inhabiting slow streams mae oetentneeete sai patie ae of Chelydra ser pentina (from Surface). and muddy ponds, and eating animal food; eggs elliptical; all the species emit a musky odor. Key to the Genera of the Kinosternidz a; Plastron narrow, not capable of closing the shell.............. 1. Sternotherus. a2 Plastron broad, capable of closing the shell................... 2. Kinosternon. 1. Sternotherus Gray. Musk turtles. Plastron reduced, scarcely movable: 3 species. S. odoratus (Latreille). Musk turtle. Carapace 90 mm. long and 60 mm. wide; color brownish, often striped or blotched with a darker color; plastron yellowish or brown; head large, with strong jaws; plastron 68 mm. long and 31 mm. wide; side of head with 2 narrow yellow stripes, one passing above and the other beneath the eye: eastern and central States, from Canada to the Gulf; westward into Missouri and Texas; common; odor of musk strong. S. carinatus (Gray). Similar to S. odoratus but with a prominent middorsal keel and with imbricated plates; head spotted with black, without stripes: Mississippi, Louisiana and Texas. 2. Kinosternon Spix. Mud turtles. Plastron with central plate and 2 movable lobes, capable of closing the shell: to species, 5 in the United States, North and Central America, barely entering South America. Key to the United States Species ai Bridge very short, about a third the length of fore lobe of PUASER OR SAAR ea 2 RSE alee sdoye. \ iste ay Se een K. steindachneri. ao Bridge longer, about half the length of fore lobe of plastron. by Fore lobe shorter than hind; carapace with 3 yellow stripes. .K. bawrii. be Fore lobe as long or longer than hind. c, Head spotted withryellow-e... aes ee eee K. subrubrum. Cs Sidés.‘of head brisht yellow came cee a, ee ee K. flavescens. cs No yellow ontheadiot body: ie.> :.. 2/0 sosencct ee eae K. sonoriense. REPTILES 229 K. baurit Garman. Carapace 900 mm. long and 65 mm. wide; color brown or olive, with 3 yellow bands extending the length of the cara- pace: Florida and Georgia. K. steindachneri Siebenrock. Similar to A. subrubrum, but differs in having a very short bridge: central Florida. K. subrubrum (Lacépéde) (K. pensilvuanicum Gmelin). Common mud-turtle (Fig. 130). Carapace 85 mm. long and 60 mm. wide; plastron 78 mm. long and 37 mm. wide; color dark brown, with black Fic. 130.—Kinosternon subrubrum (from Surface). sutures; plastron yellow or brown, with distinct lines of growth; head dark, with yellowish spots: eastern and central States from New York south, exclusive of peninsular Florida; westward to Texas, Missouri and eastern Illinois; common. Subspecies of K. subrubrum K. s. hippocrepis (Gray). Two orange bands on the side of the head: southern Alabama to Texas and northward in the Mississippi Valley to Missouri. K. flavescens (Agassiz). Carapace 110 mm. long and 80 mm. wide; color yellowish brown and yellowish green; plastron yellow; sides of head and neck bright yellow: Texas to Arizona; northward to Illinois, Kansas and Colorado. K. sonoriense LeConte. Carapace 110 mm. long, 67 mm. wide; color brown, with faint darker radiating lines on each plate; vertebral plates imbricating: western Texas into southeastern California. Family 2. Chelydridze.—Snapping turtles. Body large, high in front; carapace rough and tuberculate, and with 24 marginal plates; plastron small, cruciform and composed of to plates, besides the 2 narrow bridges; head, neck and tail very large; jaws powerful and hooked; toes 5-5, with small webs; claws 5-4: 3 species, 2 in the United States; the largest turtles in the country (except the marine turtles), 230 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES noted for their ferocity and voracity; aquatic, living on fish, water- birds and other animals; flesh valued for food. Key to the Genera of Cheiydride ai Head coveréd: withea soft Skint<. (= aera aoe eer eer 1. Chelydra. a2 Head covered with symmetrical plates.............. 5 ch Sanne. 2) Macrochelag: 1. Chelydra Schweigger. Carapace with 3 blunt keels, more or less pronounced, growing less so with age; tail very long, with 2 rows of scales beneath; eyes superior in position: 1 species. C. serpentina (L.). Common snapper. Length 7oo mm. or more; length of carapace 300 mm.; width 260 mm.; weight 30 lbs. or more; 2 chin barbels; a row of large compressed tubercles on the upper surface of the tail (Fig. 129); eggs spherical, 25 mm. in diameter, about 25 in number: North America, east of the Rockies, from Canada to the Gulf; common. 2. Macrochelys Gray. Head very large and covered above with plates; tail with small scales beneath; eyes lateral in position: carapace with 3 very prominent tuberculated ridges: 1 species. M. temmincki (Holbrook). Alligator snapper. Length 1,000 mm.; length of carapace 620 mm.; width 530 mm.; weight 120 lbs.; eggs 35 mm. in diameter: Gulf States; northward in the Mississippi Valley into northern Missouri. Family 3. Testudinide.—Pond and land turtles. Carapace ovate and with flaring edges (Fig. 131) and either depressed or more or less strongly convex, and covered with 5 dorsals, 4 pairs of costals and 25 marginals; plastron covered with 12 plates, and of large size and firmly joined with the carapace by wide bridges, and in some species with a movable anterior lobe enabling the animal to close its shell; toes 5-4; egg elliptical: about 80 species in the United States; many species are used for food. Key to the Genera of Testudinidz a, Digits spreading, not closely bound together. b; Plastron without hinge, immovably joined to carapace. c, Alveolar surfaces of jaws broad; hind feet largest, broadly webbed. d; Alveolar surfaces of jaws smooth; upper jaws not notched in front; carapace keeled. e, Lower jaw not spoon-shaped at tip; plates of cara- DACETUGOSE hich poses oe ee eioe he eee eee 4. Malaclemys. e. Lower jaw spoon-shaped at tip; plates of carapace smooth ?s: ; % Fic. 137.—Pseudemys rubriventris (from Fowler). P. rubriventris (LeConte). Red-bellied terrapin (Fig. 137). Cara- pace brownish, streaked or blotched with red; plastron red; length of carapace 300 mm.; width 180 mm.; height 110 mm.; extreme length of carapace 450 mm.: eastern States from Cape Cod to Florida, in coastal plain rivers; the largest turtle in this territory except the snapper; used for food. P. floridana (LeConte). Carapace circular and very high; head black, very small; carapace dark brown, with wavy yellow cross bars, 325 mm. long and 225 mm. wide; plastron yellow; lower jaw nearly smooth: Florida and southern Georgia. P. mobilensis (Holbrook). Carapace high and 300 mm. long; plastron yellow; color similar to P. rubriventris: Gulf coast from Florida to Louisiana. P. texana Baur. Carapace brown, with yellow concentric lines; plastron yellow; head streaked with yellow; length of carapace 230 mm.; width 170 mm.: southwestern Missouri to Texas and Mexico. 8. Deirochelys Agassiz. Similar to Chrysemys; upper jaw notched in front; lower jaw arched upwards and terminating in a sharp point; neck long: 1 species. REPTILES 239 D. reticularia (Latreille). Chicken turtle. Carapace narrow, rather high, and olive or brown in color with a net-work of fine yellow lines, each upper marginal with a yellow bar and each under marginal with a black blotch on a yellow field; plastron yellow; length of carapace 125 mm.; width 80 mm.; neck very long: Atlantic and Gulf coastal plain from central North Carolina to Texas and Oklahoma; southward to central Florida. 9g. Gopherus Rafinesque. Land tortoises. Shell high and dome- like; plastron large and often with a hinged front lobe; feet not webbed: 3 species in the United States, all herbivorous and strictly terrestrial; they are allied to the giant land tortoises of the Galapagos Islands, the largest of which has a carapace a meter and a third in length and weighs over 225 kilos. Key to the United States Species of Gopherus Agy eo ehne Southern andisoutu-ceniralestates. coke. oe Aa ek. werace. G. polyphemus. ie hed raed Bip Un eran ete ce eae ole G. agassizti. G. polyphemus (Daudin). Gopher turtle. Carapace with concen- — tric lines on each scale, brownish in color; plastron dull yellow, notched behind, extending beyond the carapace in front; length of carapace 280 mm.; width 200 mm.; inner surface of fore arm with enlarged scales: south Atlantic and Gulf States; northward to South Carolina and Arkansas; gregarious, living in dry, sandy regions and burrowing in the ground. The burrow runs obliquely in the ground to a depth of 4 or more feet, and is enlarged at the end, where a single pair lives. G. agassizit (Cooper). Similar to G. polyphemus; no enlarged scales on the inner surface of the fore arm: southwestern Arizona and southeastern California into Nevada and Utah. G. berlandiert (Agassiz). Shell globular, being very broad and high; carapace brown and 150 mm. long, 136 mm. wide and 80 mm. high; plastron yellow: southwest Texas into Mexico. Family 4. Trionychidz.—The soft-shell turtles. Large turtles with a flat, circular shell which is covered with a leathery skin and not with horny plates or scales; ossification of the carapace not complete; neck very long; head pointed, ending in a flexible proboscis-like snout; jaws powerful, with fleshy lips; feet webbed; toes 5-5; claws 3-3: about 30 species, in both hemispheres, 4 in the United States; savage, active turtles, aquatic and carnivorous, valued for food; eggs spherical. It has been demonstrated that these turtles can remain under water several hours at a time, and that they have true water respiration when 240 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES submerged, taking in water into the mouth and expelling it regularly about 16 times a minute. Amyda Oken. With the characters of the family: 4 United States species. Key to the Species of Amyda ay. Fote part ol carapace smooth 2.224 aks. oe ee 1. mutica. ao Fore part of carapace with conical tubercles. bi Light stripes on head unite between the eyes.................A. emoryi. be Light stripes on head unite at end of the snout...............A. spinifera. bs Light stripes on head unite in front of the orbits..............A. ferox. A. mutica (LeSueur). Body brown in color, irregularly blotched, being spotted in the young; whitish below; length of carapace 170 Fic. 138.—Amyda spinifera (from Fowler). mm.,; width 160 mm.: central and northern tributaries of the Mississippi, Brazos and Colorado rivers; not so common as A. spinifera. A. emoryi (Agassiz). Similar to A. spinifera: Texas and into southern Oklahoma and Arkansas. A. spinifera (LeSueur). Soft-shell turtle (Fig. 138). Body olive brown in color, with numerous round dark spots, each margined with black in young animals; head and neck olive, with stripes; tuber- cles on forward edge of carapace larger in the female than in the male; plastron white; length of carapace 350 mm.; width 300 mm.: Mississippi and St. Lawrence rivers and Great Lakes and their tributaries; common. A. ferox (Schneider). Large turtles similar to A. spinifera, but plain brown in color in the adult; young spotted or blotched; length of cara- pace 450 mm.; width 370 mm.; weight 13 kilos: southern States from South Carolina to Louisiana; common. REPTILES 241 Family 5. Cheloniidz.—Marine turtles of large size, in which the shell is covered with large horny plates; carapace depressed, highest in front; head large, covered with plates and incompletely retractile; limbs in form of flippers, with 1 or 2 claws on each; eggs spherical: 7 species, which live in the open ocean in the warmer parts of the earth, coming to the shore on tropical and subtropical beaches to bury their eggs. a; Four costal plates on each side. Dpbiates onmedrapace ImbriGatedotmer eee oe. on nn sap ees 1. Eretmochelys. be Plates of carapace not imbricated............:...........2. Chelonia. AEG COStal DLALeS, Ol CACMISIGGmee amas) Sette toc os. aes © 3. Caretta. 1. Eretmochelys Fitzinger. Head broad, with a large median plate surrounded by 7 smaller ones; costal plates 4 on a side; 7 to 10 plates on each cheek: 2 species. E. imbricata (L.). Tortoise shell turtle; hawk-bill. Body brown or blackish above and yellow beneath; upper jaw with a hooked tip; each foot with 2 claws; length of carapace 750 mm.: tropical seas; the Florida and Gulf coasts; occasionally as far north as Massachusetts; valued for the tortoise shell of commerce, this turtle being the only one which furnishes it. 2. Chelonia Latreille. Top of head with a large median plate sur- rounded by 7 smaller ones; costal plates 4 on a side; 15 to 20 plates on each cheek; head narrow: 2 species. C. mydas (L.). Green turtle. Body olive or brown above, marked with yellow, and yellow beneath; length of carapace 1,200 mm. or less; welght up to 500 lbs.; 1 claw on each foot: tropical seas; Atlantic Ocean as far north as Massachusetts; valued for food, the fat being green; common. ; 3. Caretta Rafinesque. Top of head with a large median plate surrounded by 13 to 20 smaller ones; costal plates 5 on a side; 15 to 20 plates on each cheek; head broad: 3 species. C. caretta (L.). Loggerhead turtle. Body brown above, yellowish below; feet with 2 claws each; 3 inframarginal scutes; horny ridges on roof of mouth low; length of carapace 1 m. and more; weight 350 lbs. and more: tropical seas; northward as far as Massachusetts; common on the West India and Florida coasts; flesh and eggs used for food. C. kempi (Garman). Bastard turtle. Similar to C. caretta, but with ridges on the roof of mouth high anteriorly and separated by a notch; 4 in framarginal scutes: south Atlantic; as far north as New Jersey. 242 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES Family 6. Dermochelidz.—Sea turtles with the body covered with a smooth leathery skin; carapace with 7 longitudinal ridges; toes without claws: I genus. Dermochelys Blainville. With the characters of the family: I species. D. coriacea (L.). Leather-turtle; trunk-back. Color dark brown; length of carapace 1,500 mm.; width 900 mm.; weight 700 lbs. and more: tropical seas; northward as far as Maine. CLASS 5. MAMMALS (Mammalia) Warm-blooded, air-breathing vertebrates which have a hairy integu- ment. With the exception of the Australian monotremes all mammals are viviparous, and all possess mammary glands on the ventral body surface with which they suckle their young, in the marsupials these glands being located in an integumental pouch. The teeth are adapted to the grasping and chewing of food, there being four different forms, the incisors or front teeth, the canines, and the premolars and molars which are the back teeth or grinders. The heart is composed of four chambers, two ventricles and two auricles; there is a single (left) aortic arch and the blood contains non-nucleated red blood-corpuscles. The head articulates with the neck by two occipital condyles and there are, with rare exceptions (the Florida manatee alone of American mammals), seven cervical vertebre. The lower jaw consists of a single bone on each side and articulates directly with the cranium and not by means of the quadrate bones. An external ear in form of a large integumental fold is, with the exception of certain aquatic mammals, present. The cochlea is spirally coiled, and the tympanum is joined with the inner ear by means of the three ear-ossicles. The abdominal cavity is sepa- rated from the thoracic by means of a muscular diaphragm. On the Identification of Mammals.—The measurements of a species of mammals are given in millimeters and include (1) the length of the body from the tip of the snout to the hinder end of the vertebra of the tail, (2) the length of the tail measured from its base to the hinder end of its vertebra and (3) the length of the hind foot measured from the bend of the ankle to the tip of the longest toe. An average large male specimen is probably generally used in making the measurements, but it must be remembered that individual differences always exist between individuals of a species, due to differences in age, sex, locality and environmental conditions, and that a considerable margin must be allowed for these differences. The color of a species is also to a certain extent variable, and is much more so in some species of mammals than in others. The general form of the body and that of its various parts are usu- ally noted, and also any peculiarities of form or color which would tend to mark a species or larger group. The dentition, or number of teeth, 243 244 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS:.OF THE UNITED STATES is a constant and very important character, and is given in this book in the following manner, the figures referring to the number of incisor, canine, premolar and molar teeth on each side of the jaws: ‘‘ dentition 3/3, 1/1, 4/4, 2/3,” the meaning of which is that on each side of the mouth there are 3 upper and 3 lower incisors, 1 upper and 1 lower canine, 4 upper and 4 lower premolars and 2 upper and 3 lower molars. Fic. 139.—Skull of dog, showing dentition, the formula of which is 3/3, 1/1, 4/4, 2/3: A side view; B, upper jaw; c, canines; 7, incisors; m, molars; pm, premolars. This is the dentition of the dog (Fig. 139), which has thus ro teeth in the upper jaw on each side and 11 teeth in the lower jaw on each side or 20 teeth in the upper jaw on both sides and 22 teeth in the lower jaw on both sides, and 42 teeth altogether. The dentition of the pocket gopher is 1/1, o/o, 1/1, 3/3, the meaning of which is that this animal has r upper and r lower incisor on each side or 2 upper and 2 lower incisors MAMMALS 245 altogether, no canines in either jaw, 1 upper and 1 lower premolar on each side and 3 upper and 3 lower molars on each side, or ro teeth in the upper jaw on both sides and to teeth in the lower jaw on both sides, or 20 teeth altogether. The friction pads of the feet are called the plantar tubercles (Fig. 163) and are employed in certain species of rodents for purposes of identifications. ; In a country as large as the United States, in which the conditions of climate, rain-fall, moisture and altitude are so very varied, and where forests, plains and deserts, large and small rivers, lakes and marshes form an endless succession of localities which harbor mamma- lian life, any species which inhabits any considerable area is sure to be divided into a number of geographical races or subspecies. Often the best means of identifying a mammal is to tell where and under what conditions it lives, and the descriptions in this book usually give such details. History.—The Mammalia as a definite scientific group of animals has existed in the literature since the time of Aristotle. Linnezus made it one of the six classes into which he divided the Animal Kingdom, and Lamarck one of the classes of Vertebrata. About 10,000 species and subspecies of mammals are known, grouped in about 15 orders, of which 9 are represented in the United States. Key to the Orders of Mammals in the United States a; A marsupial pouch present; opossums.........:...... t. Marsupialia (p. 245). a2 No parsupial pouch present. br Elindwimbs wanting’ manatees... i.¢ 2... 2) 2.241.280, 07eme (P1247); by Hind limbs present. c; Body covered with a bony shell; armadillos......2. Edentata (p. 247). C2 Body not so covered. dyiivine-imaminials: bats. a. ene ete aerate 2 5. Chiroptera (p. 257). d, Non-flying mammals. e; Feet with claws and not with hoofs. f; Canine teeth present. gi Limbsused mainly for walking and running. h, Canines small; moles and shrews...4. Insectivora (p. 247). he, Canines prominent sso) . sian ci 6. Carnivora (p. 264). go Limbs used mainly for swimming; seals. 7. Pinnipedia (p. 288). SoG AMINES“ ADSENE sau a deve toned ete ers eee 8. Rodentia (p. 289). Bae beet “witha HOOES. 75 fs. nee cas 05.0 Vic wena 9. Ungulata (p. 352). Order 1. Marsupialia.—Aplacental mammals in which the young are born in a very immature condition and are maintained by the 246 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES mother in an abdominal pouch called the marsupium, in which the nipples of the milk-glands are situated. ‘The marsupium is supported on each side by the marsupial bone which projects forward from the pelvis and is present in both sexes. The uterus and vagina are double and paired. The marsupials vary much in their general form and in the form of their teeth, and the different groups are fitted to maintain themselves in very diverse environments. About 150 species are known, grouped in 2 suborders, all of which, with the exception of about two dozen American species, inhabit Australia and the neighboring islands. Key to the Suborders of Marsupialia a; Prominent eye-teeth present; carnivorous species...........1. Polyprotodontia. ay Eye-teeth small or wanting; herbivorous species (not present Wit SATMELICH), Set cane tic eB c hc eee le AS ce cacao tales ie Se pi ee Suborder Polyprotodontia.— Carnivorous marsupials with 4 or 5 upper and 3 or 4 lower incisors, prominent canines and cuspidate molars: 4 families, in the American and Australian regions, 1 in America. Family Didelphiidze.—Opossums. Body rather slender, tail long and prehensile and scaly; legs of about equal length; feet pentadacty- lous; first digit of hind foot nailless and opposable; dentition 5/4, 1/1, 3/3, 4/4: 10 genera, all American, mostly tropical; arboreal or aquatic; 5 genera and 22 species in North and Central America; 1 genus in the United States. Didelphis L. Marsupial pouch well developed; fur a mixture of soft hairs and bristles: about 4 species, 1 in the United States. D. virginiana Kerr. Common opossum. Length 700 mm.; tail 300 mm.; color dirty white on the sides, gray on the back: eastern and central States, from Long Island and the Great Lakes to the Gulf; westward to Louisiana, Oklahoma and Nebraska; arboreal animals which feed on birds, insects and reptiles, as well as on nuts, corn and fruit. The young are often carried on the mother’s back when they are big enough to leave her pouch, clinging to her fur or holding on by entwining their tails around hers as she holds it over her back. The nest is usually in a hollow tree; the young number from 5 to 14 and two or three litters are raised in a season. A new-born oppossum is about 12 mm. long. Subspecies of D. virginiana D. v. texensis Allen. Color black or gray: southwestern Texas; northward to San Antonio. MAMMALS 247 D.»v. pigra Bangs. Smaller and with a much longer and slenderer tail and smaller feet: Florida and the Gulf coast; westward to western Louisiana. Order 2. Edentataw—Mammals either without teeth or with primitive, conical teeth which lack enamel and roots and never form a complete series, canines and incisors being generally absent: about 100 species, which include armadillos, anteaters and sloths, most of which live in South and Central America; two genera in Africa and Asia; 1 species in the United States. Family Dasypodidz.—Head narrow; snout long; body almost hairless and covered with a bony carapace in which are 6 to 12 movable rings in the middle region; tail long; toes 4-5, all with strong, curved claws: 2 genera; nocturnal, burrowing animals, feeding mainly on insects which they lick up. with the sticky surface of their extensile tongues. Dasypus L. With the characters of the family; toes on the fore feet nearly symmetrical: 1 species. D. novemcinctus L. The nine-banded armadillo. Carapace with g transverse rings in the middle and on the sides; tail very long and covered with rings; top of head and legs covered with shields and scales; color of head pale brown, of back black, of sides yellowish white; length 800 mm.; tail 375 mm.; hind foot 100 mm.; dentition 0/0, 0/0, o/o, 8/8: southern Texas and New Mexico, and southward to Argentina; 4 or 8 young at a birth in respectively either one or two monozygotic groups of quadruplets. The armor is largely a protection against cactus and other spiny plants. Order 3. Sirenia.—Aquatic, herbivorous mammals of large size without hind limbs or external ears; cervical vertebre 6; fore limbs oval flippers; tail rounded and flattened; 1 pair of thoracic mammez; body naked: 2 families, 1 American. Family Trichechidz.—With the characters of the order; dentition 2/2, 0/0, o/o, 6/6 to 11/11: 1 genus. Trichechus L. With the characters of the order: 2 species, one (7. inunguis) in the Amazon and Orinoco. T. latirostris (Harlan). Manatee. Color uniform grayish black; extreme length 4000 mm.; extreme weight 2000 lbs; upper lip divided and very broad; eyes very small: east coast of Florida to Yucatan and the West Indias, in estuaries of broad rivers and coastal lagoons, w ae they feed on water plants; 1 or 2 young at a birth. Order 4. Insectivora.—Molesandshrews. Small, mostly noctur- nal mammals which live in or on the ground; feet plantigrade and usually pentadactylous; canine teeth small; skull elongate; snout often 248 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES prolonged to form a proboscis: about 9 families, 2 North American; widely distributed, one of the largest species being the European hedgehog. Key to the North American Families of Insectivora a; Fore feet very large and modified for digging; moles.............. 1. Talpide. as Fore feet not.so. modified; shrews... .. ...4: 5... 22.4sa tole ae DD ORtEHIE Family 1. Talpidze.—Moles. Bodystout and cylindrical, covered by very soft fur; external ears absent; eyes very small and concealed in the fur; fore feet enormously enlarged and held vertically; neck not apparent; snout proboscis-like: about 36 species and subspecies; about to in the United States. Moles inhabit the Palearctic and Nearctic regions, living in burrows underground where they feed principally on earth- worms and insect grubs. The nest is from to to 18 inches beneath the surface, and from it deep tunnels radiate. A second series of tunnels is made just beneath the surface, which appear as the familiar surface ridges which often disfigure lawns; they are made in search of food. A single litter of about 4 young is born in the spring time. Key to the United States Genera of Talpide ai In the eastern and central States. b; Tail very short. c; Tail slender and nearly naked; the common mole (Fig. 1c) A Ra aS ete PN MORN IAL PS Caen Ros ats a 1. Scalopus. c> Tail thick and very hairy (Fig? 140))..2.:<2 0). >. ...02<-2. -enascauggee be Tail long; snout with a star-shaped disc.................. 3. Condylura. a2 In the Pacific coast States. br Wargesmoles-over 150° mm. long:,...0 24 cates her ae 4. Scapanus. be -Smallimoles; cunder-.a2semin, long. e.-- wee ce te ee 5. Neurotrichus. 1. Scalopus Geoffroy. Adult dentition 3/2, r/o, 3/3, 3/3; youthful dentition 3/3, 1/1, 3/3, 3/3; nostrils superior in position, being at the end of the snout, which is obliquely truncated; digits webbed: 12 species and subspecies. S. aqguaticus (L.). Common mole (Fig. 140; Fig. 141). Body dark slate color, often tinged with brown; length 160 mm.; tail 27 mm.; hind foot 20 mm.: eastern and central States from Massachusetts and central Minnesota to Texas; westward to northeastern Colorado; very common; of considerable importance as a fur-bearing animal. Subs pecies of S. aquaticus S. a. aquaticus (L.). Atlantic States from southern Massachusetts and southeastern New York to North Carolina and eastern Tennessee. MAMMALS 249 S. a. howelli Jackson. Color dark drab; length 152 mm.: eastern and central North Carolina and South Carolina southwesterly to the Mississippi and the Gulf coast. S. a. australis Chapman. Color clove-brown; length (male) 145 mm.: eastern Georgia and eastern Florida. S. a. anastase (Bangs). Color sepia; length (male) 137 mm.: Anastasia Island, Florida. S. a. parvus (Rhoads). Color dark sepia; length (male) 34 mm.: Tampa Bay, Florida. S. a. machrinus (Rafinesque). Color sepia or brown; length 200 mm.: eastern Ohio to central Iowa and southern Minnesota; central Michigan to Tennessee. S. a. machrinoides Jackson. Color brown; length 172 mm.: central Minnesota to Arkansas and eastern Kansas. S. a. pulcher Jack. Color dark fuscous or brown; length (male) 155 mm.: central Arkansas to southern Louisiana and eastern Texas. S. a. caryt Jack. Color light drab; length (male) 159 mm.: western Nebraska and north- ENA ae ey western Kansas. (a) Scalopus aquaticus S. a. intermedius (Elliot). Color light drab; 726, Parescatops length 164 mm.: central and western Oklahoma. S. a. texanus (Allen). Color brown; length 138 mm.: coast region of western Texas; northward to central Texas. 2. Parascalops True. Dentition 3/3, 1/1, 4/4, 3/3; nostrils lateral, on the outer side of the snout; digits not webbed; tail hairy: 1 species. P. brewerit (Bachman). Hairy-tailed mole (Fig. 140; Fig. 142), Body blackish, often with a brownish gloss; length 150 mm.; tail Fic. 141.—Lower jaw and fore foot of Scalopus aquaticus (from Jackson). 30 mm.; hind foot 19: eastern States from New Brunswick to North Carolina, in higher altitudes; westward to Ohio; in dry sandy soil; not common. 250 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES 3. Condylura Illiger. Dentition 3/3, 1/1, 4/4, 3/3; snout termi- nating with a disc bearing on its margin a fringe of 22 long processes, 11 on each side; nostrils in the anterior surface of the disc; tail long, covered with coarse hair; digits not webbed: 1 species. Fic. 142.—Fore foot of Parascalops Fic. 143.—Snout of Condylura cristata breweri (from Jackson). (from Jackson). C. cristata (L.). Star-nosed mole (Fig. 143). Body blackish; length 185 mm.; tail 65 mm.; hind foot 28: southern Labrador to south- eastern Manitoba; southward to central Ohio and Indiana west of the Alleghenies and to Georgia on the Atlantic slope; in wet meadows and marshes, frequently leaving its burrows and running on the surface; not common; annual litter of 5 young. 4. Scapanus Pomel. Dentition 3/3, 1/1, 4/4, 3/3; nostrils crescentic in shape, superior in position; tail short, thick, scantily haired; digits not webbed: several species, all on the Pacific slope, where they take the place of Scalopus in the eastern States and have similar habits. Key to the Species of Scapanus a; Unicuspid teeth evenly spaced and not crowded (Fig. 144); color very dark. by ength more thami2co*mm- 522 16 orien ot eee ei aera S. townsendi. bs oenebhiless;than:200' mines jes) oh 8) te nis, stl wp saaalls eae S. orarius. a» Unicuspid teeth unevenly spaced and crowded (Fig. 144); color usually brown or/eray./seldom "black .../.. {aie meas ee ome S. latimanus. Fic. 144.—Lower jaw of (a) Scapanus townsendi and (b) S. latimanus (from Jackson). S. townsendi (Bachman) (Fig. 144). Body of large size and blackish in color; length 225 mm.; tail 41 mm.; hind foot 26 mm.: northwestern MAMMALS 251 California, Oregon and Washington, between the Cascades and the Coast Range; common; annual litter of 1 to 4 young. S. orarius True. Body blackish or grayish in color; length 167 mm.; tail 33 mm.; hind foot 20 mm.: Washington, Oregon and northern California. Subspecies of S. orarius S. 0. orarius True. Color fuscous black: coast region of Washing- ton, Oregon and northern California. S. 0. schefferi Jackson. Color gray: north-central Oregon to British Columbia. S. latimanus (Bach.) (Fig. 144). Body usually fuscous black, gray or drab in color; length 173 mm.; tail 35 mm.; hind foot 23 mm.: south- ern Oregon and California; annual litter of 2 or 3 each. Subspecies of S. latimanus S. 1. latimanus (Bach.). Color black in winter, brown in summer; length 170 mm.: western California from Santa Maria River to Oregon. S. 1. occultus Grinnell & Swarth. Color lighter: southern California, west of the deserts and south of Olancha. S. 1. grinnelli Jack. Color black; length 156 mm.: Inyo County, California. S. 1. sericatus Jack. Color black; length 170 mm.: Yosemite region. S. 1. minusculus Bangs. Color in summer, brown; length 160 mm.: El Dorado County, California. S. 1. dilatus True. Color gray or drab; length 175 mm.: south- central Oregon and northeastern California. S. 1. alpinus Merriam. Color in summer, gray; length 188 mm.: Crater Lake, Oregon. 5. Neurotrichus Giinther. Size very small; dentition 2/1, 1/1, 3/4, 3/3; snout terminating in a small disc in which are the laterally situated nostrils; digits not webbed: 1 species. N. gibbsii (Baird). Body dark gray in color; length 113 mm; tail 37 mm.; hind foot 15 mm.: British Columbia to Eureka, California, “west of the Cascades and Sierra Nevada; in wet woods or meadows, often on the surface or under logs. Subspecies of N. gibbsit N. g. hyacinthinus Bangs. Size larger; color darker: coast region of California from Monterey to Eureka. 252 VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES Family 2. Soricide.—Shrews. Body rather slender; neck dis- tinct; snout elongate and proboscis-like; eyes and external ears normal, but small; feet pentadactylous, the fore feet not modified; fur soft and silky; zygomatic arch of skull wanting: many species, which are found throughout the world, except in the Australian and South American regions; about 36 species and 6 genera in the United States. The shrews are among the smallest mammals. They live in shallow tunnels, in run-ways in moss and mold and under logs and brush, feeding on worms, grubs, snails, mice and other small animals, including one another, and are noted for their fierceness and voracity. They raise two or more litters of 6 to 10 each during the summer and fall, and do not hibernate. Key to the United States Genera of Soricidz a, Tail long, being much longer than the head (Fig. 146). by Body 100mm. to 10mm. Jong) = je sees 1. Sorex. bz Body about: rsounm:. long) .22: ba...) 0t See os -s ee en ee ere bg Bodyiabout ocummm-clonpest: ee ee. eee eal ee eee 3. Microsorex. a2 Tail short, being usually shorter than the head (Fig. 147). ba ebeethtsonsine largess ucecoa Settee. ean pas see 4. Blarina. De, Meethroo Sine simally te 0 Weak shots eho) src ern Ge ae ene ae 5. Cryptotis. ge beetle 20% Sime Smalls. he el SiMe tee par rene alsa boca Pee nee 6. Notiosorex. 1. Sorex L. Long-tailed shrews. External ears well developed, generally appearing above the fur and directed backwards; tail about as f 27 ead L PVRS ea EDS a b Fic. 145.—Upper jaw of Sorex personatus: a, lateral view; b, lower surface (from Merriam). long as the body; dentition 4/2, 1/0, 2/1, 3/3: over 50 species and subspecies in the United States and Canada. S. personatus Geoffroy. Common shrew (Fig. 145). Body brown above, gray beneath; length roo mm.; tail 38 mm.; hind foot 12 mm.: New England to Alaska; southward to southern Pennsylvania, Tennessee and Northern Nebraska, and in the higher Alleghenies into North Carolina; not in the southern Rockies and the Cascade-Sierra systems; Boreal and Transition zones; the commonest species. S. fontinalis Hollister. Like S. personatus, but with a much shorter tail: District of Columbia and its neighborhood. MAMMALS 253 S. dispar Batchelder. Size large; body stout, slate-color; length 130 mm.; tail 60 mm.; hind foot 15 mm.: Adirondack and Catskill Mountains; West Virginia. S. richardsoni Bachman. Color blackish, indistinctly tricolor; length 112 mm.; tail 40 mm.; hind foot 13 mm.: northern Wisconsin and Minnesota to the lower Mackensie Valley. S. fumeus Miller. Smoky shrew. Body slate-color; length 115 mm.; tail 45 mm.; hind foot 14 mm.: northeastern States and Canada; westward to the Great Lakes; southward into the mountains of North Carolina. S. vagrans Baird. Body dark chestnut brown in color; length 103 mm.; tail 43 mm.; hind foot 12 mm.: Rocky Mountain region from British Columbia into Arizona, and the Pacific slope southward to Monterey; very common. Subspecies of S. vagrans S. v. vagrans Baird. Western Washington, Oregon and northern California; northern Rockies. S. v. dobsont Merriam. Color grayish brown: Idaho, western Montana, Wyoming and Utah. S.v. monticola Merr. Color sepia brown: Arizona. S. amenus Merr. Color sooty brown; length 103 mm.; tail 37 mm.; hind foot 12 mm.: Sierra Nevada Mountains, California. S. nevadensis Merr. Color slate black, mixed with hoary; length 96 mm.; tail 39 mm.; hind foot 12 mm.:: interior of the Great Basin. S. obscurus Merr. Body dull sepia brown in color; length 108 mm.; tail 46 mm.; hind foot 12 mm.; mountain regions from British Columbia to Colorado, Utah and central California; common. S. longicaudus Merr. Size large; tail long; color dark chestnut- brown above; length 131 mm.; tail 62 mm.; hind foot 15 mm.: Puget Sound to Alaska. S. bairdi Merr. Color dull chestnut; length 129 mm.; tail 57 mm.; hind foot 15 mm.: Oregon coast, mouth of the Columbia. S. trowbridgii Baird. Color blackish, slate or plumbeous; tail sharply bicolor; length 121 mm.; tail 51 mm.; hind foot 13 mm.: western Washington and Oregon. S. montereyensis Merr. Color slate black; tail sharply bicolor; length 120 mm.; tail 52 mm.; hind foot 14 mm.: south-central California. S. ornatus Merr. Color ash gray, indistinctly bicolor; length 108 mm.; tail 43 mm.; hind foot 13 mm.: mountains of southern California. VERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE UNITED STATES nan ms S. californicus Merr. Color ash gray, with a pepper and salt appearance; length 93 mm.; tail 34 mm.; hind foot 11 mm.; brain case very flat; central California. S. tenellus Merr. Body pale ash gray; white beneath; tail bicolor; length 103 mm.; tail 42 mm.; hind foot 12 mm.; skull very narrow: central California and southward. Subs pecies of S. tenellus S. t. tenellus Merr. Southeastern California. S.t.lyelli Merr. Browner;tail darker: Tuolumne county, California. S. t. myops Merr. Smaller; ears larger; color paler: White Moun- tains, California. S.t.nanus Merr. Smaller; color darker: Larimer County, Colorado. S. longirostris Bach. Body brown above; length 85 mm.; tail 28 mm.; hind foot 10 mm.: Washington, D. C. to Georgia; westward to southern Illinois; in swamps and wet places. S. fisheri Merr. Color chestnut brown; length 108 mm.; tail 33 mm.; hind foot 12 mm.: Dismal Swamp, Virginia. S. pacificus Coues. Color cinnamon rufous; length 150 mm.; tail 63 mm.; hind foot 17 mm.: coastal region of northern California and southern Oregon. S. leucogenys Osgood. Color brownish drab; length 107 mm.; tail 38 mm.; hind foot 12 mm.: Beaver County, Utah. 2. Neosorex Baird. Similar to Sorex; hind feet adapted to swim- ming, being very long and broad and fringed with bristles; toes also fringed, the third and fourth united at base and slightly webbed: ro species, and subspecies in the United States. Key to the Species of Neosorex a7“. the month-cen bralt Staves si! Rice ee Aer oer 2a as eee N. palustris. aeuintthe mort heastent ovatests c